Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,681 missions · 909 completed

Missions

Open772Completed909All1681
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

An Exact Algorithm for the Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem 1: The Multiple-Choice Knapsack Relaxation Gives a Valid Lower Bound for Every Admissible Choice of PenaltiesResearch Paper

Motivation

In city logistics, goods often cannot be carried by large trucks all the way to the final customers. A common design routes the goods through intermediate depots, called satellites: large first-level vehicles carry freight from a central depot to the satellites, and small second-level vehicles deliver it from the satellites to the customers. The two-echelon capacitated vehicle routing problem (2E-CVRP) asks for the cheapest such two-level distribution plan. It contains the capacitated vehicle routing problem as a special case (a single satellite), and the location-routing problem can be reduced to it.

Exact methods for problems of this kind rest on lower bounds: a branch-and-bound or enumeration scheme can discard a partial solution only when it has a certified bound above the best known cost. Baldacci, Mingozzi, Roberti and Wolfler Calvo (Oper. Res. 61(2), 2013) built an exact algorithm for the 2E-CVRP on a chain of relaxations of a set-partitioning formulation FFF. Its first link is a Lagrangean relaxation RFRFRF and a further relaxation RF‾\overline{RF}RF, a multiple-choice knapsack problem solved by dynamic programming. Its optimal value, maximised over the penalties, gives the lower bound LD1\mathrm{LD1}LD1 that drives the rest of the method. This mission formalizes the statements that make LD1\mathrm{LD1}LD1 a valid bound.

Setting

An instance has a depot 000, satellites NSN_SNS​ and customers NCN_CNC​, a symmetric cost matrix dijd_{ij}dij​ (with the vehicle fixed costs already added to the depot–satellite and satellite–customer entries), positive integer demands qiq_iqi​ with total qtotq_{\mathrm{tot}}qtot​, m1m^1m1 first-level vehicles of capacity Q1Q_1Q1​, mkm_kmk​ second-level vehicles of capacity Q2<Q1Q_2 < Q_1Q2​<Q1​ at satellite kkk, a global limit m2m^2m2 on second-level vehicles, satellite capacities BkB_kBk​ and handling costs HkH_kHk​ per unit.

A first-level route r∈Mr \in \mathcal Mr∈M leaves the depot, visits a set RrR_rRr​ of satellites and returns; its cost grg_rgr​ is the cost of this closed walk. A second-level route l∈Rkl \in \mathcal R_kl∈Rk​ is a simple cycle from satellite kkk through a set of customers of total demand wkl≤Q2w_{kl} \le Q_2wkl​≤Q2​; its cost cklc_{kl}ckl​ is the cost of the cycle plus HkwklH_k w_{kl}Hk​wkl​. In formulation FFF, binary variables xklx_{kl}xkl​ and yry_ryr​ select the routes and integers qkrq_{kr}qkr​ give the amount that route rrr delivers to satellite kkk. The constraints require that every customer is served exactly once (2), that the vehicle limits mkm_kmk​, m2m^2m2, m1m^1m1 hold (3), (4), (6), that satellite capacities hold (5), that each satellite receives what its routes deliver (7), and that first-level capacities hold (8).

Relaxation RFRFRF removes (2)–(4) with penalties λi∈R\lambda_i \in \mathbb Rλi​∈R, μk≤0\mu_k \le 0μk​≤0, μ0≤0\mu_0 \le 0μ0​≤0, and replaces the second-level routes by marginal costs βik\beta_{ik}βik​ of serving customer iii from satellite kkk, subject to

∑iaiklβik≤ckl−∑iaiklλi−μk−μ0(l∈Rk),(12)\sum_{i} a_{ikl}\beta_{ik} \le c_{kl} - \sum_i a_{ikl}\lambda_i - \mu_k - \mu_0 \qquad (l \in \mathcal R_k), \qquad (12)i∑​aikl​βik​≤ckl​−i∑​aikl​λi​−μk​−μ0​(l∈Rk​),(12)

where aikla_{ikl}aikl​ counts the visits of route lll to customer iii. Its variables are an assignment ξik\xi_{ik}ξik​ of customers to satellites and the first-level variables yry_ryr​, qkrq_{kr}qkr​.

Relaxation RF‾\overline{RF}RF chooses for every first-level route rrr at most one load www in the interval Wr=[wmin⁡,wrmax⁡]W_r = [w^{\min}, w_r^{\max}]Wr​=[wmin,wrmax​] of integers, so that the loads add up to qtotq_{\mathrm{tot}}qtot​. A route with load www costs gr+ϕrwg_r + \phi_{rw}gr​+ϕrw​, where ϕrw\phi_{rw}ϕrw​ is the optimum of a continuous knapsack problem that serves demand www at the cheapest marginal costs min⁡k∈Rrβik\min_{k \in R_r}\beta_{ik}mink∈Rr​​βik​. Both objectives carry the constant ∑iλi+∑kmkμk+m2μ0\sum_i \lambda_i + \sum_k m_k\mu_k + m^2\mu_0∑i​λi​+∑k​mk​μk​+m2μ0​.

Formalization targets

Goal: LD1 is a valid lower bound (Eq. (23))

For every β\betaβ satisfying (12), every λ\lambdaλ, every μ≤0\mu \le 0μ≤0, μ0≤0\mu_0 \le 0μ0​≤0, and every feasible solution of FFF with cost costF\mathrm{cost}_FcostF​,

z(RF‾(β,λ,μ))≤costF,equivalentlyLD1=max⁡β,λ,μz(RF‾(β,λ,μ))≤z(F).z(\overline{RF}(\beta,\lambda,\mu)) \le \mathrm{cost}_F, \qquad\text{equivalently}\qquad \mathrm{LD1} = \max_{\beta,\lambda,\mu} z(\overline{RF}(\beta,\lambda,\mu)) \le z(F).z(RF(β,λ,μ))≤costF​,equivalentlyLD1=β,λ,μmax​z(RF(β,λ,μ))≤z(F).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1. z(RF(β,λ,μ))≤costFz(RF(\beta,\lambda,\mu)) \le \mathrm{cost}_Fz(RF(β,λ,μ))≤costF​ under the same hypotheses.
  2. Theorem 3, corrected. z(RF‾(β,λ,μ))z(\overline{RF}(\beta,\lambda,\mu))z(RF(β,λ,μ)) is at most the objective of every feasible RFRFRF solution whose satellite loads satisfy ∑iqiξik≤mkQ2\sum_i q_i\xi_{ik} \le m_kQ_2∑i​qi​ξik​≤mk​Q2​.
  3. Reduced-cost elimination with RF‾\overline{RF}RF (§3.2): a feasible solution of cost below z(UB)z(\mathrm{UB})z(UB) uses no route with c~kl≥z(UB)−z(RF‾)\tilde c_{kl} \ge z(\mathrm{UB}) - z(\overline{RF})c~kl​≥z(UB)−z(RF), where c~kl=ckl−∑iaikl(βik+λi)−μk−μ0\tilde c_{kl} = c_{kl} - \sum_i a_{ikl}(\beta_{ik}+\lambda_i) - \mu_k - \mu_0c~kl​=ckl​−∑i​aikl​(βik​+λi​)−μk​−μ0​.
  4. Corollary 1: the same elimination with z(RF)z(RF)z(RF).
  5. Theorem 4: for any enlarged family R^k⊇Rk\hat{\mathcal R}_k \supseteq \mathcal R_kR^k​⊇Rk​ of not necessarily elementary routes, βik=qimin⁡l∈R^ikckl−∑i′ai′klλi′−μk−μ0∑i′ai′klqi′\beta_{ik} = q_i \min_{l \in \hat{\mathcal R}_{ik}} \frac{c_{kl} - \sum_{i'} a_{i'kl}\lambda_{i'} - \mu_k - \mu_0}{\sum_{i'} a_{i'kl}q_{i'}}βik​=qi​minl∈R^ik​​∑i′​ai′kl​qi′​ckl​−∑i′​ai′kl​λi′​−μk​−μ0​​ solves (12).

Significance

The bound LD1\mathrm{LD1}LD1 is the first lower bound of the paper's exact method. The configuration enumeration of its §5 and the reduced-cost elimination of second-level routes both use it as a certificate: a configuration or a route is discarded only when this bound shows that no cheaper solution contains it. If the bound were invalid, the method could discard the optimum. Theorem 4 provides, at every step of the paper's subgradient procedure, a β\betaβ to which the bound applies.

The paper's proofs are in an electronic companion. As printed, Theorem 3 (z(RF‾)≤z(RF)z(\overline{RF}) \le z(RF)z(RF)≤z(RF)) is false: RFRFRF does not limit a satellite's load by its fleet capacity mkQ2m_kQ_2mk​Q2​, whereas the loads of RF‾\overline{RF}RF are capped by it. A small instance with one satellite and two unit-demand customers, Q2=1Q_2 = 1Q2​=1 and m1=1m_1 = 1m1​=1 has z(RF)z(RF)z(RF) finite and z(RF‾)=+∞z(\overline{RF}) = +\inftyz(RF)=+∞. The bound (23) is nevertheless true, because the RFRFRF solutions that come from feasible solutions of FFF respect the fleets. A machine-checked version pins down exactly which hypotheses the chain needs, including the positivity of demands, without which (23) fails. None of these results has been formalized before.

Difficulty

Theorems 1, 4 and Corollary 1 are bookkeeping with sums over routes, customers and satellites. The substantive step is the corrected Theorem 3. A solution of RFRFRF assigns whole customers to satellites, while RF‾\overline{RF}RF sees each first-level route only through its total load and a continuous knapsack. The two descriptions have to be related, and that relation must respect every side condition of RF‾\overline{RF}RF: the knapsack bounds 0≤zi≤10 \le z_i \le 10≤zi​≤1, the load window WrW_rWr​ (whose lower end wmin⁡w^{\min}wmin depends on the vehicle count m1m^1m1) and the fleet cap ∑k∈RrmkQ2\sum_{k \in R_r} m_kQ_2∑k∈Rr​​mk​Q2​. The obvious route, comparing the optimal values z(RF)z(RF)z(RF) and z(RF‾)z(\overline{RF})z(RF) directly as the paper states, does not work: the inequality between them is false, and the fleet condition is what has to be carried from FFF.

Formalization scope

Satellites are Fin ns, customers Fin nc (0-based). Demands are positive integers; capacities, fleet sizes and loads are natural numbers, and costs are real. Binary variables are Bool and integer variables ℕ. The route families M\mathcal MM and R\mathcal RR are arbitrary finite families of routes (nonempty, no repeated vertex, second-level loads at most Q2Q_2Q2​), not necessarily all routes as in the paper; every statement holds in this generality. Route costs are computed along the closed walk, so (0,k,0)(0,k,0)(0,k,0) costs 2d0k2d_{0k}2d0k​. The triangle inequality is not assumed. Optimal values z(RF)z(RF)z(RF), z(RF‾)z(\overline{RF})z(RF) and ϕrw\phi_{rw}ϕrw​ are infima in EReal, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on infeasible problems, and comparisons with an upper bound are written with +++ instead of −-−. Where the paper writes "optimal solution of cost below z(UB)z(\mathrm{UB})z(UB)", the statements cover every feasible solution below any real z(UB)z(\mathrm{UB})z(UB).

The formalization cannot be trivialized: every optimal value is an infimum over the feasible set of the paper's own problem, so it equals +∞+\infty+∞, not 000, when that set is empty. The hypotheses of each theorem are satisfiable, which is checked on explicit small instances. The definitions of the instance, FFF, RFRFRF and RF‾\overline{RF}RF are written in the shape shared by the other missions of this series. Proofs of any milestone and reusable lemmas on finite sums over route families are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Baldacci, A. Mingozzi, R. Roberti, R. Wolfler Calvo, An Exact Algorithm for the Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 61(2), 298–314, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1153
  • R. Baldacci, A. Mingozzi, R. Roberti, New Route Relaxation and Pricing Strategies for the Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 59(5), 1269–1283, 2011 (ng-routes). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1110.0975
  • G. Perboli, R. Tadei, D. Vigo, The Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem: Models and Math-Based Heuristics, Transportation Science 45(3), 364–380, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.1110.0368
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 4: Accelerated Coordinate Descent ACDM Has Expected Error at Most (n/(k + 1))²·(2‖x₀ − x*‖₁² + (f(x₀) − f*)/n²)Research Paper

Motivation

Coordinate descent methods update one block of variables at a time. For problems with millions or billions of variables, where even one full gradient is too expensive to compute or store, a step that touches a single block can be orders of magnitude cheaper than a full gradient step. Nesterov's Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 341–362, doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global complexity bounds for randomized coordinate descent on smooth convex functions: choosing the block at random makes the expected progress per step comparable to that of a full gradient step divided by the number of blocks.

Section 5 of the paper asks whether the multistep acceleration of the full gradient method (Nesterov 1983) carries over to the randomized coordinate setting, and answers it with the accelerated coordinate descent method ACDM. This mission formalizes that answer: Theorem 6, the O(n2/k2)O(n^2/k^2)O(n2/k2) expected rate of ACDM, together with the lemmas of its proof.

Timeline. Nesterov (1983) introduced the accelerated full-gradient method with rate O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2). Nesterov (CORE DP 2010/2; SIAM J. Optim. 2012) proved the O(n/k)O(n/k)O(n/k) rate of random block coordinate descent and the O(n2/k2)O(n^2/k^2)O(n2/k2) rate of its accelerated variant ACDM. Later work (Lee and Sidford 2013; Fercoq and Richtárik 2015, arXiv:1312.5799; Allen-Zhu, Qu, Richtárik and Yuan 2016, arXiv:1512.09103) made the accelerated scheme efficient per iteration and sharpened its constants.

Setting

The space is RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​, split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks. A point xxx has blocks x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​, and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks vanish. Each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h∥(i)2=⟨Bih,h⟩\|h\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih,h\rangle∥h∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h,h⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0.

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and has a coordinate-wise Lipschitz gradient: the partial gradient fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) satisfies ∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​ with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0. The method weighs blocks by these constants through the norm

∥x∥12=∑i=1nLi∥x(i)∥(i)2.\|x\|_1^2=\sum_{i=1}^nL_i\|x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2 .∥x∥12​=i=1∑n​Li​∥x(i)∥(i)2​.

The function fff is strongly convex in this norm with parameter σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0 if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+σ2∥y−x∥12f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\sigma2\|y-x\|_1^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2σ​∥y−x∥12​ for all x,yx,yx,y; σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 is plain convexity. A point x∗x^*x∗ minimizes fff, and f∗=f(x∗)f^*=f(x^*)f∗=f(x∗).

The optimal coordinate step is Ti(x)=x−1LiUifi′(x)#T_i(x)=x-\frac1{L_i}U_if'_i(x)^\#Ti​(x)=x−Li​1​Ui​fi′​(x)#, where s#s^\#s# maximizes ⟨s,x⟩−12∥x∥2\langle s,x\rangle-\frac12\|x\|^2⟨s,x⟩−21​∥x∥2. ACDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) keeps two sequences xk,vkx_k,v_kxk​,vk​ with v0=x0v_0=x_0v0​=x0​ and deterministic scalars a0=1/na_0=1/na0​=1/n, b0=2b_0=2b0​=2. At step kkk it computes γk≥1/n\gamma_k\ge1/nγk​≥1/n from γk2−γk/n=(1−γkσ/n)ak2/bk2\gamma_k^2-\gamma_k/n=(1-\gamma_k\sigma/n)a_k^2/b_k^2γk2​−γk​/n=(1−γk​σ/n)ak2​/bk2​, sets αk=n−γkσγk(n2−σ)\alpha_k=\frac{n-\gamma_k\sigma}{\gamma_k(n^2-\sigma)}αk​=γk​(n2−σ)n−γk​σ​ and βk=1−γkσ/n\beta_k=1-\gamma_k\sigma/nβk​=1−γk​σ/n, forms yk=αkvk+(1−αk)xky_k=\alpha_kv_k+(1-\alpha_k)x_kyk​=αk​vk​+(1−αk​)xk​, draws a block iki_kik​ uniformly at random, and updates

xk+1=Tik(yk),vk+1=βkvk+(1−βk)yk−γkLikUikfik′(yk)#,x_{k+1}=T_{i_k}(y_k),\qquad v_{k+1}=\beta_kv_k+(1-\beta_k)y_k-\frac{\gamma_k}{L_{i_k}}U_{i_k}f'_{i_k}(y_k)^\#,xk+1​=Tik​​(yk​),vk+1​=βk​vk​+(1−βk​)yk​−Lik​​γk​​Uik​​fik​′​(yk​)#,

bk+1=bk/βkb_{k+1}=b_k/\sqrt{\beta_k}bk+1​=bk​/βk​​, ak+1=γkbk+1a_{k+1}=\gamma_kb_{k+1}ak+1​=γk​bk+1​. The quantity ϕk=E f(xk)\phi_k=\mathbb E\,f(x_k)ϕk​=Ef(xk​) is the expectation over the first kkk draws.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6, (5.3)

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0, with D=2∥x0−x∗∥12+1n2(f(x0)−f∗)D=2\|x_0-x^*\|_1^2+\frac1{n^2}(f(x_0)-f^*)D=2∥x0​−x∗∥12​+n21​(f(x0​)−f∗),

ϕk−f∗≤(nk+1)2D,\phi_k-f^*\le\Big(\frac n{k+1}\Big)^2D,ϕk​−f∗≤(k+1n​)2D,

and, when σ>0\sigma>0σ>0,

ϕk−f∗≤σD[(1+σ2n)k+1−(1−σ2n)k+1]−2≤(nk+1)2D.\phi_k-f^*\le\sigma D\Big[\Big(1+\tfrac{\sqrt\sigma}{2n}\Big)^{k+1}-\Big(1-\tfrac{\sqrt\sigma}{2n}\Big)^{k+1}\Big]^{-2}\le\Big(\frac n{k+1}\Big)^2D .ϕk​−f∗≤σD[(1+2nσ​​)k+1−(1−2nσ​​)k+1]−2≤(k+1n​)2D.

Milestones

  1. (5.1), well-definedness: γk≥1/n\gamma_k\ge1/nγk​≥1/n is the unique such root, 0<αk,βk≤10<\alpha_k,\beta_k\le10<αk​,βk​≤1.
  2. (5.2): γk2−γk/n=βkak2/bk2=(βkγk/n)(1−αk)/αk\gamma_k^2-\gamma_k/n=\beta_ka_k^2/b_k^2=(\beta_k\gamma_k/n)(1-\alpha_k)/\alpha_kγk2​−γk​/n=βk​ak2​/bk2​=(βk​γk​/n)(1−αk​)/αk​.
  3. The potential inequality: 2ak+12(ϕk+1−f∗)+bk+12Erk+12≤2ak2(ϕk−f∗)+bk2Erk22a_{k+1}^2(\phi_{k+1}-f^*)+b_{k+1}^2\mathbb E r_{k+1}^2\le2a_k^2(\phi_k-f^*)+b_k^2\mathbb E r_k^22ak+12​(ϕk+1​−f∗)+bk+12​Erk+12​≤2ak2​(ϕk​−f∗)+bk2​Erk2​, rk=∥vk−x∗∥1r_k=\|v_k-x^*\|_1rk​=∥vk​−x∗∥1​.
  4. (5.4) bk+1≥bk+σ2nakb_{k+1}\ge b_k+\frac\sigma{2n}a_kbk+1​≥bk​+2nσ​ak​ and (5.5) ak+1≥ak+12nbka_{k+1}\ge a_k+\frac1{2n}b_kak+1​≥ak​+2n1​bk​.
  5. ak≥1σ[Q1k+1−Q2k+1]a_k\ge\frac1{\sqrt\sigma}[Q_1^{k+1}-Q_2^{k+1}]ak​≥σ​1​[Q1k+1​−Q2k+1​] and bk≥Q1k+1+Q2k+1b_k\ge Q_1^{k+1}+Q_2^{k+1}bk​≥Q1k+1​+Q2k+1​, Q1,2=1±σ2nQ_{1,2}=1\pm\frac{\sqrt\sigma}{2n}Q1,2​=1±2nσ​​.
  6. (1+t)k−(1−t)k≥2kt(1+t)^k-(1-t)^k\ge2kt(1+t)k−(1−t)k≥2kt for t≥0t\ge0t≥0, hence Q1k+1−Q2k+1≥k+1nσQ_1^{k+1}-Q_2^{k+1}\ge\frac{k+1}n\sqrt\sigmaQ1k+1​−Q2k+1​≥nk+1​σ​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6 shows that randomized coordinate descent can be accelerated: the expected error falls as n2/k2n^2/k^2n2/k2 instead of the n/kn/kn/k of the plain method, so after k=n⋅mk=n\cdot mk=n⋅m iterations (about mmm full-gradient equivalents) the error is O(1/m2)O(1/m^2)O(1/m2), the rate of the accelerated full-gradient method. For σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 the same scheme converges linearly with a ratio governed by σ/n\sqrt\sigma/nσ​/n rather than σ/n\sigma/nσ/n. This is the starting point of the accelerated randomized coordinate methods (APPROX, NU-ACDM, accelerated proximal coordinate gradient) now used in large-scale machine learning.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge neither it nor any accelerated coordinate method has a machine-checked proof. The Lean development pins down a scheme whose correctness rests on a delicate parameter identity and on several conventions left implicit in the text (the range of σ\sigmaσ, the reading of (5.3) at σ=0\sigma=0σ=0).

Difficulty

The plain coordinate descent analysis tracks f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) alone and fails to accelerate: one coordinate step gains only 1n\frac1nn1​ of a full gradient step, and a momentum term built naively from coordinate steps does not keep the expected progress. The accelerated proof needs a potential mixing the function gap with a squared distance ∥vk−x∗∥12\|v_k-x^*\|_1^2∥vk​−x∗∥12​, weighted by the deterministic sequences ak2a_k^2ak2​ and bk2b_k^2bk2​; the weights must make the cross terms in ∥yk−x∗∥12\|y_k-x^*\|_1^2∥yk​−x∗∥12​ and f(yk)f(y_k)f(yk​) cancel exactly after taking the expectation in the drawn block, which is what the coupled choice of γk,αk,βk\gamma_k,\alpha_k,\beta_kγk​,αk​,βk​ achieves. The second difficulty is quantitative: the growth of aka_kak​ follows from coupled recursions for aka_kak​ and bkb_kbk​, not from a closed form.

Formalization scope

  • Space. RN\mathbb R^NRN is Blocks E, the dependent product of finite-dimensional real inner-product spaces E i over Fin n (indices 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1); BiB_iBi​ is absorbed into the inner product of E i. The dual norm is the operator norm of E i →L[ℝ] ℝ.
  • Randomness. Draws are explicit sequences Fin k → Fin n; ϕk\phi_kϕk​ and Erk2\mathbb E r_k^2Erk2​ are finite averages over all nkn^knk sequences with weight n−kn^{-k}n−k. No measure theory is needed.
  • s#s^\#s#. Theorems hold for every selection satisfying (1.8), not a fixed choice.
  • Explicit hypotheses. The paper's standing assumptions become hypotheses: n≥1n\ge1n≥1; Li>0L_i>0Li​>0; fff differentiable with (2.2); a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ exists. The convexity parameter σ\sigmaσ is any valid one (not necessarily the largest) with 0≤σ<n20\le\sigma<n^20≤σ<n2. The paper states σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0 only; σ<n2\sigma<n^2σ<n2 is needed because αk\alpha_kαk​ divides by n2−σn^2-\sigman2−σ, and by footnote 2 (σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1) it excludes only n=1n=1n=1, σ=1\sigma=1σ=1.
  • The case σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 of (5.3). The paper's middle expression is 0⋅[0]−20\cdot[0]^{-2}0⋅[0]−2 at σ=0\sigma=0σ=0, read as a limit. Lean would evaluate it to 000, which would turn the statement into the false claim ϕk≤f∗\phi_k\le f^*ϕk​≤f∗; the chain is therefore stated for σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, and the outer bound (n/(k+1))2D(n/(k+1))^2D(n/(k+1))2D separately for all σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0. Likewise the bound on aka_kak​ involving 1/σ1/\sqrt\sigma1/σ​ is stated for σ>0\sigma>0σ>0.
  • The coefficient γk\gamma_kγk​ is the closed-form larger root of the quadratic in step 1; a milestone certifies it is the unique root ≥1/n\ge1/n≥1/n.
  • No trivialization. A formalization in which σ=0\sigma=0σ=0 is allowed in the middle bound, or in which ϕk\phi_kϕk​ is computed with a draw distribution other than uniform, or in which the coefficients depend on the draws, is not this theorem.
  • Corrections of the printed text. The update of vk+1v_{k+1}vk+1​ prints fi′(yk)#f'_i(y_k)^\#fi′​(yk​)#; the index is iki_kik​. The middle term bk2rk2b_k^2r_k^2bk2​rk2​ of the potential inequality, written after the expectation in ξk−1\xi_{k-1}ξk−1​, is bk2Erk2b_k^2\mathbb E r_k^2bk2​Erk2​.
  • Reusable parts. The block encoding (Blocks, partialGrad, CoordLipschitz, coordStep, wnorm, expect) is shared verbatim with the other missions of this series. The coefficient lemmas (5.2), (5.4), (5.5) and the growth bounds are pure real analysis and welcome as standalone contributions; so is a Lean proof of the block descent inequality (2.3)–(2.4) for Euclidean blocks, which the potential inequality needs.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. Journal version: SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012) 341–362. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, A method for solving the convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Math. Dokl. 27 (1983) 372–376.
  • Y. T. Lee, A. Sidford, Efficient accelerated coordinate descent methods and faster algorithms for solving linear systems, FOCS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1305.1922
  • O. Fercoq, P. Richtárik, Accelerated, parallel and proximal coordinate descent, SIAM J. Optim. 25(4) (2015) 1997–2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/1312.5799
  • Z. Allen-Zhu, Z. Qu, P. Richtárik, Y. Yuan, Even faster accelerated coordinate descent using non-uniform sampling, ICML 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1512.09103
  • S. Bubeck, Convex optimization: algorithms and complexity, Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 8 (2015), §3.7 (Nesterov's accelerated gradient descent, formalized on Prove2Me as ConvexOptAlg.NesterovSmooth.theorem_3_19). https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparsity Constrained Nonlinear Optimization: Optimality Conditions and Algorithms I: Every Coordinate-Wise Minimum Is an L2(f)-Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and machine learning ask for a minimizer of a smooth loss among vectors with few nonzero entries: compressed sensing with a nonlinear measurement model, sparse regression with a non-quadratic loss, sparse phase retrieval. The common abstraction is the sparsity constrained problem

(P)min⁡ f(x)s.t.∥x∥0≤s,(\mathrm P)\qquad \min\ f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \|x\|_0\le s,(P)min f(x)s.t.∥x∥0​≤s,

where fff is continuously differentiable but not necessarily convex. The constraint set is a finite union of linear subspaces, so (P) is nonconvex and in general NP-hard, and the classical optimality theory (KKT conditions, convex duality) gives no usable characterization of its solutions.

Beck and Eldar (SIAM J. Optim. 2013, arXiv:1203.4580) replaced that missing theory with a hierarchy of necessary optimality conditions of increasing strength, and matched each condition with an algorithm whose limit points satisfy it. This mission formalizes the comparison between the two strongest conditions of that hierarchy: coordinate-wise minimality and L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationarity.

Setting

Vectors live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm. For x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn:

  • the ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​ norm ∥x∥0\|x\|_0∥x∥0​ is the number of nonzero components of xxx;
  • the support is I1(x)={i:xi≠0}I_1(x)=\{i: x_i\ne0\}I1​(x)={i:xi​=0}, and I0(x)={i:xi=0}I_0(x)=\{i: x_i=0\}I0​(x)={i:xi​=0} is its complement;
  • Cs={x:∥x∥0≤s}C_s=\{x:\|x\|_0\le s\}Cs​={x:∥x∥0​≤s} is the feasible set of (P), for an integer 0<s<n0<s<n0<s<n;
  • Ms(x)M_s(x)Ms​(x) is the sss-th largest of ∣x1∣,…,∣xn∣|x_1|,\dots,|x_n|∣x1​∣,…,∣xn​∣, counted with multiplicity, so that Ms(x)=0M_s(x)=0Ms​(x)=0 exactly when ∥x∥0<s\|x\|_0<s∥x∥0​<s.

The objective f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is continuously differentiable and bounded below (Assumption 1). Assumption 2 asks that ∇f\nabla f∇f be Lipschitz with some constant L(f)L(f)L(f).

The local Lipschitz condition (2.15) with constant L2L_2L2​ asks that for every pair i≠ji\ne ji=j, every xxx and every ddd supported in {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j},

∥∇i,jf(x)−∇i,jf(x+d)∥≤L2∥d∥,\big\|\nabla_{i,j}f(x)-\nabla_{i,j}f(x+d)\big\|\le L_2\|d\|,​∇i,j​f(x)−∇i,j​f(x+d)​≤L2​∥d∥,

where ∇i,jf(x)=(∇if(x),∇jf(x))\nabla_{i,j}f(x)=(\nabla_if(x),\nabla_jf(x))∇i,j​f(x)=(∇i​f(x),∇j​f(x)). The paper's local Lipschitz constant L2(f)=max⁡i≠jLi,j(f)L_2(f)=\max_{i\ne j}L_{i,j}(f)L2​(f)=maxi=j​Li,j​(f) satisfies it, and L2(f)≤L(f)L_2(f)\le L(f)L2​(f)≤L(f), often by a large factor.

A point x∗∈Csx^*\in C_sx∗∈Cs​ is a basic feasible (BF) vector (Definition 2.1) if ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0 when ∥x∗∥0<s\|x^*\|_0<s∥x∗∥0​<s, and ∇if(x∗)=0\nabla_if(x^*)=0∇i​f(x∗)=0 on I1(x∗)I_1(x^*)I1​(x∗) when ∥x∗∥0=s\|x^*\|_0=s∥x∗∥0​=s.

A point x∗∈Csx^*\in C_sx∗∈Cs​ is a coordinate-wise (CW) minimum (Definition 2.4) if either ∥x∗∥0<s\|x^*\|_0<s∥x∗∥0​<s and f(x∗)≤f(x∗+tei)f(x^*)\le f(x^*+te_i)f(x∗)≤f(x∗+tei​) for every iii and every t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R (Case I), or ∥x∗∥0=s\|x^*\|_0=s∥x∗∥0​=s and

f(x∗)≤f(x∗−xi∗ei+tej)for every i∈I1(x∗), j∈{1,…,n}, t∈Rf(x^*)\le f(x^*-x^*_ie_i+te_j)\qquad\text{for every } i\in I_1(x^*),\ j\in\{1,\dots,n\},\ t\in\mathbb Rf(x∗)≤f(x∗−xi∗​ei​+tej​)for every i∈I1​(x∗), j∈{1,…,n}, t∈R

(Case II): no swap of a support coordinate for any coordinate, with any value, decreases fff.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4

Every CW-minimum x∗x^*x∗ of (P) satisfies

∣∇if(x∗)∣ {≤L2(f) Ms(x∗),i∈I0(x∗),=0,i∈I1(x∗),|\nabla_i f(x^*)|\ \begin{cases}\le L_2(f)\,M_s(x^*), & i\in I_0(x^*),\\ =0, & i\in I_1(x^*),\end{cases}∣∇i​f(x∗)∣ {≤L2​(f)Ms​(x∗),=0,​i∈I0​(x∗),i∈I1​(x∗),​

that is, x∗x^*x∗ is an L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary point. The constant L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f) multiplies Ms(x∗)M_s(x^*)Ms​(x∗) exactly.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.5. Every CW-minimum is a BF vector.
  2. Lemma 2.6 (Local Descent Lemma). Under (2.15), for every ddd with at most two nonzero components,
f(x+d)≤f(x)+∇f(x)Td+L2(f)2∥d∥2.f(x+d)\le f(x)+\nabla f(x)^Td+\frac{L_2(f)}{2}\|d\|^2 .f(x+d)≤f(x)+∇f(x)Td+2L2​(f)​∥d∥2.
  1. (2.18). At a CW-minimum with ∥x∗∥0=s\|x^*\|_0=s∥x∗∥0​=s, for i∈I0(x∗)i\in I_0(x^*)i∈I0​(x∗), an index mmm with ∣xm∗∣=Ms(x∗)|x^*_m|=M_s(x^*)∣xm∗​∣=Ms​(x∗) and σ=sgn⁡(xm∗∇if(x∗))\sigma=\operatorname{sgn}(x^*_m\nabla_if(x^*))σ=sgn(xm∗​∇i​f(x∗)),
f(x∗−xm∗em−σxm∗ei)≤f(x∗)−σxm∗∇if(x∗)+L2(f)(xm∗)2.f(x^*-x^*_me_m-\sigma x^*_me_i)\le f(x^*)-\sigma x^*_m\nabla_if(x^*)+L_2(f)(x^*_m)^2 .f(x∗−xm∗​em​−σxm∗​ei​)≤f(x∗)−σxm∗​∇i​f(x∗)+L2​(f)(xm∗​)2.

Significance

Optimality conditions for (P) matter because no efficient algorithm finds a global minimizer; what algorithms can guarantee is a limit point satisfying some necessary condition, and the strength of that condition is the guarantee. The paper's hierarchy runs: optimal ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ CW-minimum ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ LLL-stationary for L≥L(f)L\ge L(f)L≥L(f) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ BF vector. Theorem 2.4 is the step that ties the coordinate-wise notion, which needs no Lipschitz constant to state, to the stationarity notion behind iterative hard thresholding. Combined with "every optimal solution is a CW-minimum", it shows that every optimal solution of (P) is L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary, with the local constant instead of L(f)L(f)L(f). It is the reason the greedy and partial sparse-simplex methods of the same paper, whose limit points are CW-minima or L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary, are at least as strong as iterative hard thresholding.

The result is proved on paper. To our knowledge none of these notions (BF vectors, CW-minima, the local Lipschitz constant, the local descent lemma) has a machine-checked formalization. The mission produces a formal statement of the hierarchy's central step together with reusable definitions of the sparse-optimization objects, which the companion missions on the same paper (iterative hard thresholding, the greedy and partial sparse-simplex methods) state their results against.

Difficulty

The local descent lemma has no proof in the paper ("it is not difficult to see"). The global descent lemma integrates the gradient along the segment [x,x+d][x,x+d][x,x+d] and applies the global Lipschitz bound; the local version must instead observe that along a direction supported on two coordinates only the two corresponding gradient components enter, and that the restricted Lipschitz bound (2.15) controls exactly those. Formally this requires the integral form of the mean value theorem for C1C^1C1 functions on a Euclidean space, together with the bookkeeping that x+τdx+\tau dx+τd stays in the class of perturbations allowed by (2.15).

In Theorem 2.4 the natural first attempt, perturbing a single zero coordinate iii and comparing with f(x∗)f(x^*)f(x∗), fails when ∥x∗∥0=s\|x^*\|_0=s∥x∗∥0​=s: the perturbed point has s+1s+1s+1 nonzeros and is infeasible, and Case II of the definition only compares x∗x^*x∗ with points obtained by swapping a support coordinate out. The bound on ∣∇if(x∗)∣|\nabla_if(x^*)|∣∇i​f(x∗)∣ must therefore be extracted from swaps alone, and the degenerate case ∇if(x∗)=0\nabla_if(x^*)=0∇i​f(x∗)=0 breaks the printed identity ∥xm∗em+σxm∗ei∥2=2(xm∗)2\|x^*_me_m+\sigma x^*_me_i\|^2=2(x^*_m)^2∥xm∗​em​+σxm∗​ei​∥2=2(xm∗​)2 in the paper's chain (2.18).

Formalization scope

All statements are in the namespace SparseNLO.CWOpt and work on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); indices run over Fin n, so 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1 instead of 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n. The gradient is Mathlib's gradient, teite_itei​ is EuclideanSpace.single i t, and fff is ContDiff ℝ 1. Assumption 1 is carried as a hypothesis on every statement, as the paper's standing assumption; Assumption 2 is carried wherever the page states it, with a free constant LfL_fLf​.

Ms(x)M_s(x)Ms​(x) is the entry at position s−1s-1s−1 of the list of ∣xi∣|x_i|∣xi​∣ sorted in nonincreasing order; the hypotheses 0<s<n0<s<n0<s<n of (P) make it meaningful. The local Lipschitz constant is not computed as a maximum: L2L_2L2​ is any real constant satisfying (2.15), with "at most two nonzero components" read as "supported in some {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j}, i≠ji\neq ji=j" (the reading of Example 2.1). Every statement therefore holds for every valid L2L_2L2​, in particular for L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f). The minima in (2.11)–(2.12) are written as "f(x∗)≤f(x^*)\lef(x∗)≤ every value", which is equivalent. The goal states the displayed condition (2.16); its identification with Definition 2.3's LLL-stationarity goes through Lemma 2.2, which belongs to a companion mission.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the CW-minimum predicate requires feasibility in CsC_sCs​ and is satisfiable (for n=2n=2n=2, s=1s=1s=1, f(x)=(x1−1)2+x22f(x)=(x_1-1)^2+x_2^2f(x)=(x1​−1)2+x22​, the point (1,0)(1,0)(1,0) is a CW-minimum), MsM_sMs​ is the sss-th largest absolute value, and L2L_2L2​ is constrained by (2.15) rather than left free.

Contributions welcome: proofs of Lemma 2.6 (reusable for any coordinate-descent analysis on two coordinates), Lemma 2.5, (2.18) and the goal; general lemmas on MsM_sMs​ (it is attained by some coordinate, and it vanishes exactly when ∥x∥0<s\|x\|_0<s∥x∥0​<s).

Theorem numbers and pages follow source.pdf, the arXiv version arXiv:1203.4580v1, not the SIAM typesetting.

Selected references

  • A. Beck, Y. C. Eldar, Sparsity Constrained Nonlinear Optimization: Optimality Conditions and Algorithms, SIAM Journal on Optimization 23(3), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120869778 — arXiv:1203.4580v1 (2012), https://arxiv.org/abs/1203.4580
  • T. Blumensath, M. E. Davies, Iterative Hard Thresholding for Compressed Sensing, Applied and Computational Harmonic Analysis 27(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.acha.2009.04.002
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Hybrid Genetic Algorithm for Multidepot and Periodic Vehicle Routing Problems: Biased-Fitness Survivor Selection Never Removes an Elite Individual Outside XResearch Paper

Motivation

Genetic algorithms with local search ("memetic" or hybrid genetic algorithms) are among the most effective heuristics for vehicle routing. Their recurring weakness is premature convergence: selection and local improvement both favour good individuals, so the population fills with near-copies of a few solutions and the search stalls. Vidal, Crainic, Gendreau, Lahrichi and Rei addressed this in their hybrid genetic search with adaptive diversity control (HGSADC) for multi-depot and periodic vehicle routing (CIRRELT-2010-34, 2010; journal version Operations Research 60(3), 2012). Instead of judging an individual by its cost alone, HGSADC ranks it by a Biased Fitness that mixes its cost rank with its rank in contribution to population diversity, and it uses that score to decide which individuals survive.

Trading cost for diversity raises an obvious worry: a very good but unoriginal solution could be discarded. The paper answers it with its only stated result, an elitism property (Section 4.6, an unnumbered Proposition with a three-sentence proof): the best individuals by cost are never discarded, as long as they are not clones. The HGSADC framework has since become the basis of state-of-the-art codes for many routing variants, and this guarantee is the one formal statement on which its population management rests.

Setting

HGSADC keeps two subpopulations (feasible and infeasible) and manages each separately. Everything below concerns one subpopulation; no routing object is involved.

A population is a finite set PPP of individuals, with nbIndiv=∣P∣\mathit{nbIndiv} = |P|nbIndiv=∣P∣. Each individual III has a penalized cost c(I)∈Rc(I)\in\mathbb Rc(I)∈R, its fitness (lower is better); a distance δ(I1,I2)\delta(I_1,I_2)δ(I1​,I2​) to every other individual; and a diversity contribution ΔP(I)\Delta_P(I)ΔP​(I), which in the paper is the mean distance from III to its nclosen_{close}nclose​ nearest neighbours in PPP (higher is better).

The normalized ranks of III relative to the current population are

fitP(I)=#{J∈P: c(J)<c(I)}∣P∣−1,dcP(I)=#{J∈P: ΔP(I)<ΔP(J)}∣P∣−1,\mathit{fit}_P(I)=\frac{\#\{J\in P:\ c(J)<c(I)\}}{|P|-1},\qquad \mathit{dc}_P(I)=\frac{\#\{J\in P:\ \Delta_P(I)<\Delta_P(J)\}}{|P|-1},fitP​(I)=∣P∣−1#{J∈P: c(J)<c(I)}​,dcP​(I)=∣P∣−1#{J∈P: ΔP​(I)<ΔP​(J)}​,

so that the best individual has rank 000 and the worst rank 111. For an integer parameter nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit, the Biased Fitness is (equation (7))

BFP(I)=fitP(I)+(1−nbElit∣P∣−1)×dcP(I).BF_P(I)=\mathit{fit}_P(I)+\Bigl(1-\frac{\mathit{nbElit}}{|P|-1}\Bigr)\times \mathit{dc}_P(I).BFP​(I)=fitP​(I)+(1−∣P∣−1nbElit​)×dcP​(I).

An individual III is a clone in PPP if some other J∈PJ\in PJ∈P has δ(J,I)=0\delta(J,I)=0δ(J,I)=0 or c(J)=c(I)c(J)=c(I)c(J)=c(I). With best\mathit{best}best the current best solution, X(P)X(P)X(P) is the set of individuals of PPP, other than best\mathit{best}best, that have a clone.

Survivor selection. When a subpopulation reaches μ+λ\mu+\lambdaμ+λ individuals, λ\lambdaλ of them are discarded one at a time: if X≠∅X\neq\emptysetX=∅, an individual of maximum BFBFBF in XXX is removed; otherwise an individual of maximum BFBFBF in the whole population. After each removal the distances, XXX, the ranks and BFBFBF are recomputed on the remaining population. An individual is among the nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit best of PPP in terms of fitness when fewer than nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit members of PPP have strictly smaller cost.

Formalization targets

Goal: Section 4.6, Proposition

For every run of the survivor-selection procedure that removes λ\lambdaλ individuals from PPP and ends at P′P'P′, with nbElit+λ≤∣P∣\mathit{nbElit}+\lambda\le|P|nbElit+λ≤∣P∣:

J∈P,J∉X(P),#{K∈P:c(K)<c(J)}<nbElit ⟹ J∈P′.J\in P,\quad J\notin X(P),\quad \#\{K\in P: c(K)<c(J)\}<\mathit{nbElit}\ \Longrightarrow\ J\in P'.J∈P,J∈/X(P),#{K∈P:c(K)<c(J)}<nbElit ⟹ J∈P′.

Milestones: the three sentences of the proof (p. 17)

  1. If X(P)=∅X(P)=\emptysetX(P)=∅, the individual WWW with the worst fitness has fitP(W)=1\mathit{fit}_P(W)=1fitP​(W)=1 and BFP(W)≥1BF_P(W)\ge 1BFP​(W)≥1.
  2. An individual JJJ among the nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit best has
BFP(J)≤nbElit−1∣P∣−1+1−nbElit∣P∣−1<1.BF_P(J)\le\frac{\mathit{nbElit}-1}{|P|-1}+1-\frac{\mathit{nbElit}}{|P|-1}<1.BFP​(J)≤∣P∣−1nbElit−1​+1−∣P∣−1nbElit​<1.
  1. One removal step does not remove an individual J∉X(P)J\notin X(P)J∈/X(P) among the nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit best.

Significance

The result. The Proposition explains what the parameter nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit means: it is the number of top individuals whose survival is guaranteed from one generation to the next, whatever their diversity contribution. It lets the algorithm designer push for diversity through BFBFBF without risking the loss of the best solutions, and it is what makes the "removal zone" BF≥1BF\ge 1BF≥1 of the paper's Figure 4 a meaningful picture. The same Biased Fitness and survivor rule are reused in later HGS variants, so the guarantee transfers to them.

Formalizing it. The proof in the paper is three sentences long, but it leaves several things implicit: what happens with ties in cost or diversity, why "the" worst individual has rank exactly 111, why the coefficient of dc\mathit{dc}dc is nonnegative, and why the one-step argument survives λ\lambdaλ successive removals with everything recomputed. A machine-checked version settles each of these. To our knowledge no formalization of this or any other population-management guarantee for genetic algorithms exists.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of each step is elementary. The difficulty is in reading the statement correctly. "The individual with the worst fitness has rank 1" fails when costs tie; it holds only in the branch X=∅X=\emptysetX=∅, where equal costs are excluded because two individuals with equal cost are both clones and at most one of them is the best solution. The inequality BF≥1BF\ge 1BF≥1 needs nbElit≤∣P∣−1\mathit{nbElit}\le|P|-1nbElit≤∣P∣−1, which the Proposition does not state: it follows from the population sizes (μ+λ\mu+\lambdaμ+λ reduced to μ\muμ, with nbElit=el×μ\mathit{nbElit}=el\times\munbElit=el×μ, el∈[0,1]el\in[0,1]el∈[0,1], Table 1). Without it the Proposition is false: if nbElit≥∣P∣\mathit{nbElit}\ge|P|nbElit≥∣P∣ and X=∅X=\emptysetX=∅, some elite individual must be removed. Finally, the one-step argument must be iterated: the population, its ranks and XXX change after each removal, and one must check that the hypotheses on JJJ persist.

Formalization scope

Individuals are elements of an arbitrary type α\alphaα with decidable equality; populations are Finset α. Costs, distances and diversity contributions are real-valued, and Δ\DeltaΔ is an arbitrary function of (population, individual), which includes the paper's equation (5); the goal is therefore stated for every diversity measure. Explicit readings of loose phrases:

  • "normalized ranks … where the best individual has rank 0 and the worst has rank 1": the number of strictly better individuals divided by ∣P∣−1|P|-1∣P∣−1, in R\mathbb RR (competition ranking; tied individuals share the better rank);
  • "the nbElit best individuals … in terms of fitness": fewer than nbElit\mathit{nbElit}nbElit members with strictly smaller cost;
  • "Update the distance measures and X, and repeat": XXX, ranks and BFBFBF are recomputed on the current population at each of the λ\lambdaλ steps;
  • ties in "maximum Biased Fitness" are broken arbitrarily, and the goal quantifies over every run;
  • the population-size condition nbElit+λ≤∣P∣\mathit{nbElit}+\lambda\le|P|nbElit+λ≤∣P∣ is an explicit hypothesis, taken from Section 4.6 and Table 1;
  • the best solution best\mathit{best}best is a parameter, not required to lie in PPP (for the infeasible subpopulation it is the incumbent feasible solution); JJJ may itself be best\mathit{best}best.

A formalization that freezes the initial Biased Fitness, that takes the ranks as arbitrary functions into [0,1][0,1][0,1], that states the existence of one good run, or whose size hypothesis cannot be met, would not be this Proposition. The supporting definition file contains the ranks, the Biased Fitness, clones, XXX, a removal step and a run of λ\lambdaλ steps; no further library is needed beyond Finset cardinalities. Proofs of the three milestones and of the goal are welcome, as is a formalization of the paper's Hamming distance (6) and diversity contribution (5) as an instance of Δ\DeltaΔ.

Selected references

  • T. Vidal, T. G. Crainic, M. Gendreau, N. Lahrichi, W. Rei, A Hybrid Genetic Algorithm for Multi-Depot and Periodic Vehicle Routing Problems, technical report CIRRELT-2010-34, July 2010. https://www.cirrelt.ca/documentstravail/cirrelt-2010-34.pdf (the version cited throughout; Section 4.6, pp. 16–17).
  • T. Vidal, T. G. Crainic, M. Gendreau, N. Lahrichi, W. Rei, A Hybrid Genetic Algorithm for Multidepot and Periodic Vehicle Routing Problems, Operations Research 60(3):611–624, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1048
  • C. Prins, A simple and effective evolutionary algorithm for the vehicle routing problem, Computers & Operations Research 31(12):1985–2002, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0305-0548(03)00158-8
  • K. Sörensen, M. Sevaux, MA|PM: memetic algorithms with population management, Computers & Operations Research 33(5):1214–1225, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cor.2004.09.011
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model 3: Robust Dynamic Assortments Grow with Remaining Capacity and over TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

Single-leg capacity allocation under customer choice is the basic dynamic problem of revenue management: a firm holds a fixed stock of a perishable resource (seats on a flight leg, rooms on a night), and in every period of a finite selling horizon it decides which products (fare classes) to offer to the arriving customer. Talluri and van Ryzin (Management Science, 2004) showed that under a multinomial logit (MNL) choice model with known parameters, the optimal assortment in every period is revenue-ordered and shrinks as capacity becomes scarcer ("nesting by fare order"), which is what justifies the protection levels and bid prices used in practice.

The MNL parameters are estimated from data and are never known exactly. Rusmevichientong and Topaloglu (Operations Research, 2012) study the robust version, in which an adversary picks the parameters of each period from an uncertainty set after seeing the offered assortment, following the robust Markov decision process framework of Iyengar (Mathematics of Operations Research, 2005). Their Section 4 shows that the structure of the known-parameter problem survives: the value function is concave in capacity, the optimal assortment is a revenue threshold set, and it grows with remaining capacity and, when uncertainty does not shrink, over time. This mission formalizes those results.

Setting

There are nnn products A={1,…,n}\mathcal A = \{1,\dots,n\}A={1,…,n} with revenues r1,…,rnr_1,\dots,r_nr1​,…,rn​. An MNL parameter vector is v=(v0,v1,…,vn)∈R++n+1v = (v_0, v_1, \dots, v_n) \in \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}v=(v0​,v1​,…,vn​)∈R++n+1​; offered the assortment S⊆AS \subseteq \mathcal AS⊆A, a customer buys product i∈Si \in Si∈S with probability

ϕi(S,v)=viv0+∑ℓ∈Svℓ,\phi_i(S,v) = \frac{v_i}{v_0 + \sum_{\ell\in S} v_\ell},ϕi​(S,v)=v0​+∑ℓ∈S​vℓ​vi​​,

and nothing with probability 1−∑i∈Sϕi(S,v)1 - \sum_{i\in S}\phi_i(S,v)1−∑i∈S​ϕi​(S,v). The expected revenue is f(S,v)=∑i∈Sriϕi(S,v)f(S,v) = \sum_{i\in S} r_i \phi_i(S,v)f(S,v)=∑i∈S​ri​ϕi​(S,v).

Static problem (Section 3). For a compact nonempty uncertainty set V⊆R++n+1\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊆R++n+1​,

Z∗(V)=max⁡S⊆A min⁡v∈Vf(S,v),Z^*(\mathcal V) = \max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A}\ \min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S,v),Z∗(V)=S⊆Amax​ v∈Vmin​f(S,v),

and S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is an optimal assortment of smallest cardinality.

Dynamic problem (Section 4). Periods t=1,…,Tt = 1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T each bring one customer, whose parameter vector lies in a compact nonempty Vt⊆R++n+1\mathcal V_t \subseteq \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}Vt​⊆R++n+1​. A purchase consumes one unit of capacity. The value function Jt(x)J_t(x)Jt​(x), the maximum worst-case revenue from period ttt on with xxx units of capacity, satisfies

Jt(x)=max⁡St⊆A min⁡vt∈Vt{∑i∈Stϕi(St,vt)(ri+Jt+1(x−1))+(1−∑i∈Stϕi(St,vt))Jt+1(x)}J_t(x) = \max_{S_t\subseteq\mathcal A}\ \min_{v_t\in\mathcal V_t}\Big\{\sum_{i\in S_t}\phi_i(S_t,v_t)\big(r_i + J_{t+1}(x-1)\big) + \Big(1-\sum_{i\in S_t}\phi_i(S_t,v_t)\Big)J_{t+1}(x)\Big\}Jt​(x)=St​⊆Amax​ vt​∈Vt​min​{i∈St​∑​ϕi​(St​,vt​)(ri​+Jt+1​(x−1))+(1−i∈St​∑​ϕi​(St​,vt​))Jt+1​(x)}

for x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, with Jt(0)=0J_t(0) = 0Jt​(0)=0 and JT+1≡0J_{T+1} \equiv 0JT+1​≡0. The marginal value of capacity is ΔJt(x)=Jt(x)−Jt(x−1)\Delta J_t(x) = J_t(x) - J_t(x-1)ΔJt​(x)=Jt​(x)−Jt​(x−1), and St∗(x)S^*_t(x)St∗​(x) is a maximizer of the right-hand side of smallest cardinality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3 (p. 17)

For every 1≤t≤T1 \le t \le T1≤t≤T and x≥1x \ge 1x≥1, and, in the second part, every 1≤t≤T−11 \le t \le T-11≤t≤T−1 with Vt⊆Vt+1\mathcal V_t \subseteq \mathcal V_{t+1}Vt​⊆Vt+1​:

St∗(x)⊆St∗(x+1),Vt⊆Vt+1  ⟹  St∗(x)⊆St+1∗(x).S^*_t(x) \subseteq S^*_t(x+1), \qquad \mathcal V_t \subseteq \mathcal V_{t+1} \implies S^*_t(x) \subseteq S^*_{t+1}(x).St∗​(x)⊆St∗​(x+1),Vt​⊆Vt+1​⟹St∗​(x)⊆St+1∗​(x).

Milestones

  1. (Dynamic Robust), second line (p. 16): Jt(x)=max⁡Smin⁡v∈Vt∑i∈Sϕi(S,v) (ri−ΔJt+1(x))+Jt+1(x)J_t(x) = \max_{S}\min_{v\in\mathcal V_t}\sum_{i\in S}\phi_i(S,v)\,(r_i - \Delta J_{t+1}(x)) + J_{t+1}(x)Jt​(x)=maxS​minv∈Vt​​∑i∈S​ϕi​(S,v)(ri​−ΔJt+1​(x))+Jt+1​(x).
  2. Proof of Theorem 4.2 (pp. 16–17): St∗(x)S^*_t(x)St∗​(x) is the static S∗(Vt)S^*(\mathcal V_t)S∗(Vt​) for revenues ri−ΔJt+1(x)r_i - \Delta J_{t+1}(x)ri​−ΔJt+1​(x), and Jt(x)−Jt+1(x)J_t(x) - J_{t+1}(x)Jt​(x)−Jt+1​(x) is the corresponding Z∗(Vt)Z^*(\mathcal V_t)Z∗(Vt​).
  3. Theorem 3.2 (p. 7): S∗(V)={i:ri>Z∗(V)}S^*(\mathcal V) = \{i : r_i > Z^*(\mathcal V)\}S∗(V)={i:ri​>Z∗(V)}.
  4. Theorem 3.7 (p. 10): for δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0, S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is contained in the robust assortment for revenues r+δr + \deltar+δ.
  5. Corollary 3.5 (p. 9): V⊆V′  ⟹  Z∗(V′)≤Z∗(V)\mathcal V \subseteq \mathcal V' \implies Z^*(\mathcal V') \le Z^*(\mathcal V)V⊆V′⟹Z∗(V′)≤Z∗(V) and S∗(V)⊆S∗(V′)S^*(\mathcal V) \subseteq S^*(\mathcal V')S∗(V)⊆S∗(V′).
  6. Theorem 4.1, first inequality (p. 16): ΔJt(x+1)≤ΔJt(x)\Delta J_t(x+1) \le \Delta J_t(x)ΔJt​(x+1)≤ΔJt​(x).
  7. Theorem 4.1, second inequality (p. 16): ΔJt+1(x)≤ΔJt(x)\Delta J_{t+1}(x) \le \Delta J_t(x)ΔJt+1​(x)≤ΔJt​(x).
  8. Theorem 4.2 (p. 16): St∗(x)={i:ri>Jt(x)−Jt+1(x−1)}S^*_t(x) = \{i : r_i > J_t(x) - J_{t+1}(x-1)\}St∗​(x)={i:ri​>Jt​(x)−Jt+1​(x−1)}.

Significance

The result. Theorems 4.1–4.3 say that robustness costs nothing structurally: the robust policy is still a nested threshold policy, so it can be implemented with the protection levels or bid-price controls already in use, and it can be computed by examining at most nnn revenue-ordered assortments per state instead of 2n2^n2n. Theorem 4.3 gives the operational content: with less inventory, offer fewer, higher-revenue products; nearer the end of the season (when the uncertainty sets are nested), offer more.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked robust finite-horizon dynamic program over finite action sets with compact adversary sets, the reduction of each Bellman step to a static max–min problem with shifted revenues, and checked concavity and time-monotonicity arguments that are reusable for other single-resource problems. The known-parameter analogues for general regular choice models and for the Markov chain choice model are separate drafts on the platform (RevenueOrdered.Nesting.*, MarkovChainChoice.SingleResource.*); they have no uncertainty set and are not used here.

Difficulty

The obvious route to concavity, an induction on ttt in which JtJ_tJt​ is a maximum of concave functions, fails: a maximum of concave functions is not concave, and here each candidate assortment is evaluated by a minimum over Vt\mathcal V_tVt​, and the worst-case parameter vector changes with the capacity level, so the known-parameter argument cannot be reused term by term. Any induction on ttt also has to handle the boundary x=0x = 0x=0, where the Bellman equation does not apply and only Jt(0)=0J_t(0) = 0Jt​(0)=0 is given. Every step involving a minimum must use that the minimum over a compact set is attained, and translating a minimum by a constant must be justified rather than assumed.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Products are Fin n (Lean index iii is product i+1i+1i+1). A parameter vector is p : ℝ × (Fin n → ℝ) with p.1 =v0= v_0=v0​. f(S,v)f(S,v)f(S,v) is the published ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective. Minima over uncertainty sets are real infima (sInf), equal to the attained minima under the standing hypotheses; maxima are Finset.sup' over all 2n2^n2n assortments.
  • Standing assumptions. Every V t, 1≤t≤T1 \le t \le T1≤t≤T, is compact, nonempty and contained in R++n+1\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}R++n+1​ (IsUncertaintySeq); the static results assume the same of V. The paper writes "V⊂R++n\mathcal V \subset \mathbb R^n_{++}V⊂R++n​" in Theorem 3.2 and Corollary 3.5; this is read as R++n+1\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}R++n+1​, compact.
  • Revenues are arbitrary reals. The paper orders r1≥⋯≥rn>0r_1 \ge \dots \ge r_n > 0r1​≥⋯≥rn​>0 "without loss of generality"; no proof uses it, and the dynamic reduction applies Theorem 3.2 to ri−ΔJt+1(x)r_i - \Delta J_{t+1}(x)ri​−ΔJt+1​(x), which may be negative. Dropping it strengthens every statement.
  • The value function is defined by the recursion. The max–min policy formulation (p. 15) and Iyengar's theorem that it satisfies the Bellman equation are not formalized. Jt(x)J_t(x)Jt​(x) is defined for every x∈Nx \in \mathbb Nx∈N; the initial capacity CCC never enters the recursion, so the paper's JtJ_tJt​ on {0,…,C}\{0,\dots,C\}{0,…,C} is the restriction.
  • Capacity x≥1x \ge 1x≥1. Theorem 4.1 is printed "for any x∈{0,1,…,C}x \in \{0,1,\dots,C\}x∈{0,1,…,C}", which includes the undefined ΔJt(0)\Delta J_t(0)ΔJt​(0); Theorems 4.2 and 4.3 say "for any xxx", but St∗(0)S^*_t(0)St∗​(0) is not defined by the Bellman equation. All statements assume x≥1x \ge 1x≥1.
  • Tie-break. S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) and St∗(x)S^*_t(x)St∗​(x) are predicates ("SSS is an optimal assortment of smallest cardinality"), not choice functions; Theorems 3.2 and 4.2 are stated as "↔ SSS is the threshold set", which also asserts the threshold set is optimal. Without the tie-break Theorems 4.2 and 4.3 are false, since a product with revenue exactly at the threshold can be added.
  • Ruled out. Defining JJJ as a maximum over revenue-ordered assortments, or through the threshold formula, would make Theorem 4.2 definitional; JJJ is defined with the minimum inside a maximum over all subsets.
  • Restatements. Theorems 3.2, 3.7 and Corollary 3.5 restate, in RobustMNL.Dynamic, the companion mission on Section 3 of the same paper, identically up to namespace.
  • Source. The source is the authors' manuscript of 20 September 2011 of the Operations Research 2012 article; its printed page numbers equal the PDF's.
  • Welcome contributions. Lemmas on attained minima of continuous functions on compact sets of positive parameter vectors, the translation of a max–min by a constant, and the bound ∑i∈Sϕi(S,v)≤1\sum_{i\in S}\phi_i(S,v) \le 1∑i∈S​ϕi​(S,v)≤1 are reusable across all three missions of this paper.

Selected references

  • P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model, Operations Research 60(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1063
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
17 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 1: Follow-the-Regularized-Leader with a σ-Strongly-Convex Regularizer Has Regret at Most R(u) − min R + TL²/σResearch Paper

Motivation

Online convex optimization is a repeated game between a learner and an environment. In each round the learner commits to a vector, the environment then reveals a convex loss function, and the learner pays the loss of its vector. No statistical assumption is made about how the losses are generated; they may be chosen adversarially. Performance is measured against the best fixed vector in hindsight. This model underlies online prediction with expert advice, online regression and classification, portfolio selection, and the analysis of stochastic gradient methods through online-to-batch conversion.

Shai Shalev-Shwartz's survey Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2011/2012) organizes most first-order online algorithms around a single template, Follow-the-Regularized-Leader (FoReL), and derives their regret bounds from one theorem: Theorem 2.11 (p. 138). Online gradient descent, the experts algorithm with exponential weights, and the bounds of Sections 2.6–2.8 of the survey are instances of it. This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Timeline. Follow-the-Leader goes back to Hannan (1957) and the "be the leader" argument appears in Kalai and Vempala (2005). Regularized variants and their analysis via strong convexity were developed by Shalev-Shwartz and Singer (2007) and by Abernethy, Hazan and Rakhlin (2008); the survey (2011) presents the strong-convexity analysis in the form formalized here.

Setting

Let EEE be a real normed space with norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and S⊆ES \subseteq ES⊆E a set of admissible predictions. Rounds are numbered t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,…. In round ttt the learner predicts wt∈Sw_t \in Swt​∈S, receives a loss function ft:S→Rf_t : S \to \mathbb Rft​:S→R, and suffers ft(wt)f_t(w_t)ft​(wt​). The regret after TTT rounds with respect to a competing vector u∈Su \in Su∈S is (eq. (2.1))

RegretT(u)=∑t=1Tft(wt)−∑t=1Tft(u).\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) = \sum_{t=1}^{T} f_t(w_t) - \sum_{t=1}^{T} f_t(u).RegretT​(u)=t=1∑T​ft​(wt​)−t=1∑T​ft​(u).

Given a regularization function R:S→RR : S \to \mathbb RR:S→R, Follow-the-Regularized-Leader predicts

wt∈argmin⁡w∈S(∑i=1t−1fi(w)+R(w)),t≥1,w_t \in \operatorname*{argmin}_{w \in S} \Big( \sum_{i=1}^{t-1} f_i(w) + R(w) \Big), \qquad t \ge 1,wt​∈w∈Sargmin​(i=1∑t−1​fi​(w)+R(w)),t≥1,

with ties broken arbitrarily; in particular w1w_1w1​ minimizes RRR over SSS. With R=0R = 0R=0 this is Follow-the-Leader (FTL).

A function fff is LLL-Lipschitz over SSS if ∣f(u)−f(v)∣≤L∥u−v∥|f(u) - f(v)| \le L\|u - v\|∣f(u)−f(v)∣≤L∥u−v∥ for all u,v∈Su, v \in Su,v∈S. A function RRR is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over a convex set SSS if, for all x,y∈Sx, y \in Sx,y∈S and a,b≥0a, b \ge 0a,b≥0 with a+b=1a + b = 1a+b=1,

R(ax+by)≤aR(x)+bR(y)−ab σ2∥x−y∥2.R(a x + b y) \le a R(x) + b R(y) - a b\, \frac{\sigma}{2} \|x - y\|^2 .R(ax+by)≤aR(x)+bR(y)−ab2σ​∥x−y∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.11

Let f1,…,fTf_1, \dots, f_Tf1​,…,fT​ be convex on SSS, with ftf_tft​ LtL_tLt​-Lipschitz over SSS, and let 1T∑t=1TLt2≤L2\frac1T \sum_{t=1}^T L_t^2 \le L^2T1​∑t=1T​Lt2​≤L2. If FoReL is run with a regularizer RRR that is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over SSS (σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0) with respect to the same norm, then for all u∈Su \in Su∈S

RegretT(u)≤R(u)−min⁡v∈SR(v)+TL2σ.\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) \le R(u) - \min_{v \in S} R(v) + \frac{T L^2}{\sigma}.RegretT​(u)≤R(u)−v∈Smin​R(v)+σTL2​.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 2.1 (p. 125). FTL satisfies RegretT(u)≤∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(wt+1))\mathrm{Regret}_T(u) \le \sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1}))RegretT​(u)≤∑t=1T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)). Already proved on the platform as LogRegretOCO.FTAL.ftl_be_the_leader and referenced here.
  2. Lemma 2.3 (p. 128). For arbitrary ftf_tft​ and RRR, FoReL satisfies
∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(u))≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1T(ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)).\sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(u)) \le R(u) - R(w_1) + \sum_{t=1}^T (f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1})).t=1∑T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(u))≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)).
  1. Lemma 2.8 (p. 135). If fff is σ\sigmaσ-strongly-convex over SSS and www minimizes fff over SSS, then f(u)−f(w)≥σ2∥u−w∥2f(u) - f(w) \ge \frac{\sigma}{2}\|u - w\|^2f(u)−f(w)≥2σ​∥u−w∥2 for all u∈Su \in Su∈S.
  2. Equation (2.7) (p. 138). Under the hypotheses of Lemma 2.10 without Lipschitzness, σ∥wt−wt+1∥2≤ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)\sigma\|w_t - w_{t+1}\|^2 \le f_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1})σ∥wt​−wt+1​∥2≤ft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​).
  3. Lemma 2.10 (p. 137). If ftf_tft​ is LtL_tLt​-Lipschitz, then ft(wt)−ft(wt+1)≤Lt∥wt−wt+1∥≤Lt2/σf_t(w_t) - f_t(w_{t+1}) \le L_t\|w_t - w_{t+1}\| \le L_t^2/\sigmaft​(wt​)−ft​(wt+1​)≤Lt​∥wt​−wt+1​∥≤Lt2​/σ.

Significance

Theorem 2.11 is the result from which the survey's concrete regret bounds are read off. With the Euclidean regularizer R(w)=12η∥w∥22R(w) = \frac{1}{2\eta}\|w\|_2^2R(w)=2η1​∥w∥22​ it gives the bound 12η∥u∥22+ηTL2\frac{1}{2\eta}\|u\|_2^2 + \eta T L^22η1​∥u∥22​+ηTL2 of online gradient descent (Corollary 2.12), hence O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) regret after tuning η\etaη; with the entropic regularizer over the probability simplex and the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm it gives the 2log⁡(d) T\sqrt{2 \log(d)\, T}2log(d)T​-type bounds for prediction with expert advice (Corollaries 2.13–2.14). Through online-to-batch conversion such regret bounds become excess-risk bounds for stochastic optimization.

The survey's proofs are complete, so the formalization adds no new mathematics; it produces machine-checked versions of the FoReL regret theorem, of the stability lemma, and of the quadratic-growth property of strongly convex functions over a general normed space and a general convex constraint set. To our knowledge none of these is in Mathlib. The platform already has the FTL lemma over Rn\mathbb R^nRn (proved) and the special case of Lemma 2.8 with S=ES = ES=E and the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.strongly_convex_lemma, part 3); the general statements are new here.

Difficulty

Lemma 2.3 and Lemma 2.1 use different round indexings (FoReL's regularizer plays the role of a round-zero loss), so Lemma 2.1 cannot be applied verbatim. The main obstacle is Lemma 2.8 on a constrained set without differentiability: the obvious argument sets the gradient at the minimizer to zero, which is unavailable when RRR is not differentiable or the minimizer lies on the boundary of SSS. A second point is that the strong convexity of ∑i<tfi+R\sum_{i<t} f_i + R∑i<t​fi​+R must be derived from the convexity of the fif_ifi​ on SSS, not on all of EEE, and from the strong convexity of RRR on SSS.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in the Lean statements:

  • The carrier is an arbitrary real normed space E (NormedAddCommGroup E, NormedSpace ℝ E); no inner product is assumed. Every norm on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, including ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ as used in Corollary 2.14, is an instance. The Lipschitz and the strong-convexity hypotheses use the one norm of E, as the theorem requires ("the same norm").
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn S σ R, the modulus σ2r2\frac{\sigma}{2}r^22σ​r2 form above. The survey's Definition 2.4 is stated with subgradients and a pairing ⟨z,u−w⟩\langle z, u - w\rangle⟨z,u−w⟩; the two agree for convex functions that have subgradients on SSS, and the Mathlib form needs neither a dual space nor subgradients. With this choice Lemma 2.8 is a genuine lemma, not an unfolding of the definition.
  • Losses and regularizer are real-valued functions on E, of which only the values on S matter; convexity is ConvexOn ℝ S. The survey's convention R=∞R = \inftyR=∞ outside SSS is the constraint wt∈Sw_t \in Swt​∈S.
  • Rounds are 1-based; w 0 and f 0 are unused. A FoReL run is a predicate on the whole trajectory (IsFoReLRun), so every tie-breaking rule gives a run, and no argmin is chosen.
  • Convexity and Lipschitzness are assumed for the rounds 1,…,T1, \dots, T1,…,T (Theorem 2.11) or 1,…,t1, \dots, t1,…,t (Lemma 2.10, (2.7)), not for all rounds.
  • min⁡v∈SR(v)\min_{v \in S} R(v)minv∈S​R(v) is written sInf (R '' S). It is attained at w1w_1w1​ whenever a run exists, so it is the true minimum, not a default value. The hypothesis T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 is present only because of the factor 1/T1/T1/T.
  • No O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears in any statement of this mission; every bound is the explicit one on the page.
  • Erratum: the proof of Lemma 2.10 ends with "∥wt−wt+1∥≤L/σ\|w_t - w_{t+1}\| \le L/\sigma∥wt​−wt+1​∥≤L/σ", a misprint for Lt/σL_t/\sigmaLt​/σ. The lemma's statement is correct and is formalized as printed, with both inequalities of the chain.

A trivializing formalization would make the run predicate unsatisfiable, so that Theorem 2.11 holds vacuously; the drafted predicate is satisfied by online gradient descent with R(w)=12ηw2R(w) = \frac{1}{2\eta}w^2R(w)=2η1​w2 on R\mathbb RR (Example 2.3), and that regularizer is (1/η)(1/\eta)(1/η)-strongly convex, so the hypotheses of the goal are jointly satisfiable.

Out of scope, and welcome as follow-up work: the derived bounds (Corollaries 2.12–2.14), Theorem 2.15 (which needs dual norms), Lemma 2.9, Corollary 2.2 and the doubling trick. Contributions of general lemmas — strong convexity of a convex plus strongly convex function on a set, quadratic growth at a constrained minimizer — are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2) (2011) 107–194. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000018
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated play, Contributions to the Theory of Games III, Annals of Mathematics Studies 39 (1957) 97–139. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400882151-006
  • A. Kalai, S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 71(3) (2005) 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Y. Singer, A primal-dual perspective of online learning algorithms, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 115–142. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5014-x
  • J. Abernethy, E. Hazan, A. Rakhlin, Competing in the dark: an efficient algorithm for bandit linear optimization, COLT 2008. https://www.learningtheory.org/colt2008/papers/123-Abernethy.pdf
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69 (2007) 169–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model 2: Rectangular Uncertainty Reduces the Size-Constrained Robust Problem to Known Weights (u₀, l₁, …, lₙ)Research Paper

Motivation

Assortment optimization is the problem a retailer faces in deciding which subset of its products to put in front of customers. Under the multinomial logit (MNL) choice model each product carries a preference weight, and a customer facing an offered set buys each product with probability proportional to its weight, or buys nothing. The optimal assortment under known weights is classical: it is one of the revenue-ordered sets (Talluri and van Ryzin, 2004). In practice the weights are estimated from data and are uncertain.

Rusmevichientong and Topaloglu (2012) study a robust version: the seller knows only that the weights lie in an uncertainty set, and maximizes the worst-case expected revenue over that set. They also treat the case where the offered set is limited in size, as when a display window or a web page holds only a fixed number of items. Under known weights the size-constrained MNL problem is solvable in polynomial time (Rusmevichientong, Shen and Shmoys, 2010); for a general uncertainty set the robust size-constrained problem has no comparable structure. This mission formalizes the result showing that, for a rectangular uncertainty set, the robust size-constrained problem is exactly a known-weights problem at an explicit parameter vector.

Setting

There are nnn products A={1,…,n}\mathcal A=\{1,\dots,n\}A={1,…,n} with revenues r1,…,rnr_1,\dots,r_nr1​,…,rn​. A parameter vector v=(v0,v1,…,vn)∈R++n+1v=(v_0,v_1,\dots,v_n)\in\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}v=(v0​,v1​,…,vn​)∈R++n+1​ gives the no-purchase weight v0v_0v0​ and the preference weight viv_ivi​ of each product. When the seller offers an assortment S⊆AS\subseteq\mathcal AS⊆A, a customer buys product i∈Si\in Si∈S with probability vi/(v0+∑ℓ∈Svℓ)v_i/(v_0+\sum_{\ell\in S}v_\ell)vi​/(v0​+∑ℓ∈S​vℓ​), and the expected revenue is

f(S,v)=∑i∈Sriviv0+∑i∈Svi.f(S,v)=\frac{\sum_{i\in S} r_i v_i}{v_0+\sum_{i\in S} v_i}.f(S,v)=v0​+∑i∈S​vi​∑i∈S​ri​vi​​.

An uncertainty set V⊆R++n+1\mathcal V\subseteq\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊆R++n+1​ is a compact set of parameter vectors. The worst-case revenue of SSS is min⁡v∈Vf(S,v)\min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S,v)minv∈V​f(S,v). For a size limit K∈NK\in\mathbb NK∈N, the size-constrained robust problem is

Y∗(V)=max⁡S⊆A: ∣S∣≤K min⁡v∈Vf(S,v),Y^*(\mathcal V)=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A:\ |S|\le K}\ \min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S,v),Y∗(V)=S⊆A: ∣S∣≤Kmax​ v∈Vmin​f(S,v),

and with no size limit its value is Z∗(V)=max⁡S⊆Amin⁡v∈Vf(S,v)Z^*(\mathcal V)=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A}\min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S,v)Z∗(V)=maxS⊆A​minv∈V​f(S,v). A rectangular uncertainty set is a product of intervals

V=∏i=0n[li,ui],0<li≤ui,\mathcal V=\prod_{i=0}^n [l_i,u_i],\qquad 0<l_i\le u_i ,V=i=0∏n​[li​,ui​],0<li​≤ui​,

in which each weight, including the no-purchase weight v0∈[l0,u0]v_0\in[l_0,u_0]v0​∈[l0​,u0​], varies independently over its own range.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8 (p. 11)

For every rectangular V=∏i=0n[li,ui]⊆R++n+1\mathcal V=\prod_{i=0}^n[l_i,u_i]\subseteq\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V=∏i=0n​[li​,ui​]⊆R++n+1​, every vector of revenues and every K∈NK\in\mathbb NK∈N,

Y∗(V)=max⁡S⊆A: ∣S∣≤K ∑i∈Sliriu0+∑i∈Sli=max⁡S⊆A: ∣S∣≤Kf(S,(u0,l1,…,ln)).Y^*(\mathcal V)=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A:\ |S|\le K}\ \frac{\sum_{i\in S} l_i r_i}{u_0+\sum_{i\in S} l_i} =\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A:\ |S|\le K} f\big(S,(u_0,l_1,\dots,l_n)\big).Y∗(V)=S⊆A: ∣S∣≤Kmax​ u0​+∑i∈S​li​∑i∈S​li​ri​​=S⊆A: ∣S∣≤Kmax​f(S,(u0​,l1​,…,ln​)).

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.8, p. 12)

  1. Parametric form of Y∗Y^*Y∗, for every compact nonempty V⊆R++n+1\mathcal V\subseteq\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊆R++n+1​:
Y∗(V)=max⁡{λ: max⁡S: ∣S∣≤K min⁡v∈V 1v0∑i∈Svi(ri−λ)≥λ}.Y^*(\mathcal V)=\max\Big\{\lambda:\ \max_{S:\,|S|\le K}\ \min_{v\in\mathcal V}\ \frac{1}{v_0}\sum_{i\in S}v_i(r_i-\lambda)\ge\lambda\Big\}.Y∗(V)=max{λ: S:∣S∣≤Kmax​ v∈Vmin​ v0​1​i∈S∑​vi​(ri​−λ)≥λ}.
  1. Rectangular reduction, for every real λ\lambdaλ:
max⁡S: ∣S∣≤K min⁡v∈V 1v0∑i∈Svi(ri−λ)=max⁡S: ∣S∣≤K 1u0∑i∈Sli(ri−λ).\max_{S:\,|S|\le K}\ \min_{v\in\mathcal V}\ \frac{1}{v_0}\sum_{i\in S}v_i(r_i-\lambda)=\max_{S:\,|S|\le K}\ \frac{1}{u_0}\sum_{i\in S}l_i(r_i-\lambda).S:∣S∣≤Kmax​ v∈Vmin​ v0​1​i∈S∑​vi​(ri​−λ)=S:∣S∣≤Kmax​ u0​1​i∈S∑​li​(ri​−λ).
  1. Parametric form at known weights:
max⁡S: ∣S∣≤Kf(S,(u0,l1,…,ln))=max⁡{λ: max⁡S: ∣S∣≤K 1u0∑i∈Sli(ri−λ)≥λ}.\max_{S:\,|S|\le K} f\big(S,(u_0,l_1,\dots,l_n)\big)=\max\Big\{\lambda:\ \max_{S:\,|S|\le K}\ \frac{1}{u_0}\sum_{i\in S}l_i(r_i-\lambda)\ge\lambda\Big\}.S:∣S∣≤Kmax​f(S,(u0​,l1​,…,ln​))=max{λ: S:∣S∣≤Kmax​ u0​1​i∈S∑​li​(ri​−λ)≥λ}.

Further result (Example 3.4, p. 8)

The unconstrained case: Z∗(V)=max⁡S⊆Af(S,(u0,l1,…,ln))Z^*(\mathcal V)=\max_{S\subseteq\mathcal A} f\big(S,(u_0,l_1,\dots,l_n)\big)Z∗(V)=maxS⊆A​f(S,(u0​,l1​,…,ln​)) for rectangular V\mathcal VV, which the paper establishes by a separate argument.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.8 converts a max–min problem over a continuum of parameter vectors into a single deterministic size-constrained MNL problem with weights (u0,l1,…,ln)(u_0,l_1,\dots,l_n)(u0​,l1​,…,ln​): the largest no-purchase weight and the smallest product weights. The size-constrained MNL problem with known weights has efficient algorithms, so the robust problem inherits them. The theorem also identifies the worst-case customer explicitly, which means robustness against a box costs nothing computationally beyond a known-weights solve. The parametric description of Y∗Y^*Y∗ in Milestone 1 holds for every compact uncertainty set and is the starting point for other uncertainty sets.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a Lean formalization of the size-constrained robust MNL problem built on the published MNL objective ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective, the parametric (Dinkelbach-type) characterization of a max–min ratio problem with attainment, and the box reduction. The definitions are shared in convention with the companion missions on the same paper (the revenue-ordered structure of the unconstrained robust problem and the dynamic robust problem).

Difficulty

The direct approach — for each assortment SSS, find the worst parameter vector in the box and compare — does not work as stated: for a fixed SSS containing a product whose revenue is below the target ratio, the minimizing no-purchase weight is l0l_0l0​, not u0u_0u0​, so the per-assortment worst case is not attained at (u0,l1,…,ln)(u_0,l_1,\dots,l_n)(u0​,l1​,…,ln​). The identity holds only after maximizing over assortments of size at most KKK, and the size constraint interacts with which products can be discarded. A second point is that the ratio f(S,v)f(S,v)f(S,v) is not linear in vvv, so its minimum over the box is not determined coordinate by coordinate from the signs of the revenues alone, and every "max" in the statements asserts attainment, which has to be established, not assumed.

Formalization scope

The source is the authors' manuscript of 20 Sep 2011 of the Operations Research 2012 article; its printed page numbers equal the PDF's.

Representation. Products are Fin n (Lean index iii is the paper's product i+1i+1i+1). A parameter vector is p : ℝ × (Fin n → ℝ) with p.1 =v0=v_0=v0​. The revenue f(S,v)f(S,v)f(S,v) is the published ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective p.2 r p.1 S. Every minimum over V\mathcal VV is a real sInf of the image; every maximum over assortments is a Finset.sup' over all subsets of size at most KKK (a nonempty family, since it contains ∅\emptyset∅). Every "max⁡{λ:… }\max\{\lambda:\dots\}max{λ:…}" is stated as IsGreatest, which asserts attainment. The rectangular set is Set.Icc l₀ u₀ ×ˢ Set.Icc l u. KKK is any natural number, with no lower or upper bound.

Hypotheses.

  • Milestone 1 assumes the paper's standing assumption: V\mathcal VV compact, nonempty, and inside R++n+1\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}R++n+1​. Nonemptiness is implicit in the paper's min⁡v∈V\min_{v\in\mathcal V}minv∈V​.
  • The box results assume 0<l00<l_00<l0​, 0<li0<l_i0<li​ (the paper's [li,ui]⊂R++[l_i,u_i]\subset\mathbb R_{++}[li​,ui​]⊂R++​) and l0≤u0l_0\le u_0l0​≤u0​, li≤uil_i\le u_ili​≤ui​, the reading of "the interval [li,ui][l_i,u_i][li​,ui​] represents the range of the likely values"; without them the box would be empty.
  • Revenues are arbitrary reals. The paper's ordering r1≥⋯≥rn>0r_1\ge\dots\ge r_n>0r1​≥⋯≥rn​>0 (p. 5, "without loss of generality") is used by no proof and is dropped; the statements are strengthened accordingly.
  • The paper writes "V⊂R++n+1\mathcal V\subset\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊂R++n+1​"; it is read as inclusion.
  • Example 3.4's chain ends with f(Sh∗,h)f(S^*_h,h)f(Sh∗​,h), which equals max⁡Sf(S,h)\max_S f(S,h)maxS​f(S,h) by definition of Sh∗S^*_hSh∗​; the Lean statement keeps the first equality.

Trivializations ruled out. Y∗Y^*Y∗ is defined through the worst case over the whole box and the maximum over all assortments of size at most KKK, never through the vertex (u0,l1,…,ln)(u_0,l_1,\dots,l_n)(u0​,l1​,…,ln​) or a restricted family of sets, so the goal is not definitional. The box hypotheses make V\mathcal VV nonempty, so no sInf is evaluated on an empty set.

Contributions welcome. Proofs of the four milestones and the goal; lemmas on attainment of sInf of a continuous function over a compact set used for the inner minimum; a reusable parametric characterization of max⁡Smin⁡v\max_S \min_vmaxS​minv​ of ratios with positive denominators.

Selected references

  • P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model, Operations Research 60(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1063
  • P. Rusmevichientong, Z.-J. M. Shen, D. B. Shmoys, Dynamic Assortment Optimization with a Multinomial Logit Choice Model and Capacity Constraint, Operations Research 58(6), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0800
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • W. Dinkelbach, On Nonlinear Fractional Programming, Management Science 13(7), 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.13.7.492
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 2: For F Smooth at the Optimum, SGD's Last and Averaged Iterates Attain 2µG²/(λ²T) and 16µG²/(λ²T)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard method for minimizing an expected loss F(w)=Ez[ℓ(w,z)]F(w) = \mathbb E_z[\ell(w, z)]F(w)=Ez​[ℓ(w,z)] when only noisy gradients are available: in machine learning, www is a predictor, zzz a random example, and each step uses the gradient of the loss on one fresh example. When FFF is strongly convex, as for regularized learning problems such as the SVM, the minimax-optimal error after TTT oracle calls is of order 1/T1/T1/T. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647, ICML 2012) asked whether plain SGD attains this rate, or whether the O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) bound known for averaged SGD is the truth.

Their §3 settles the case where FFF is in addition smooth at its minimizer: both the last iterate and the average of all iterates attain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), with explicit constants. This mission formalizes that section.

Timeline of the relevant bounds:

  • 2007–2009. Hazan, Agarwal and Kale (doi:10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8) show O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret for online gradient descent on strongly convex losses, which by online-to-batch conversion gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) for the averaged SGD iterate.
  • 2009. Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (doi:10.1137/070704277) give an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound for the last iterate when FFF is strongly convex and smooth.
  • 2011. Hazan and Kale (arXiv:1006.2425) obtain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) for strongly convex, possibly non-smooth FFF with a modified algorithm.
  • 2012. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan prove the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds of this mission for SGD under smoothness at the optimum only, show the log⁡T\log TlogT is real for averaged SGD on non-smooth problems, and recover O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) with suffix averaging.

Setting

Let W⊆RdW \subseteq \mathbb R^dW⊆Rd be a closed convex set containing 000, let F:Rd→RF : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb RF:Rd→R, and let DDD be a probability distribution on a measurable space Z\mathcal ZZ.

  • FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on WWW, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0: for all w,w′∈Ww, w' \in Ww,w′∈W and every subgradient ggg of FFF at www, F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+λ2∥w′−w∥2F(w') \ge F(w) + \langle g, w' - w\rangle + \frac{\lambda}{2}\|w' - w\|^2F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+2λ​∥w′−w∥2 (equation (1)).
  • FFF attains its minimum over WWW at w∗∈Ww^* \in Ww∗∈W.
  • A stochastic subgradient oracle is a measurable map g:Rd×Z→Rdg : \mathbb R^d \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb R^dg:Rd×Z→Rd such that, for every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, the mean Ez∼D[g(w,z)]\mathbb E_{z \sim D}[g(w, z)]Ez∼D​[g(w,z)] is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW, and Ez∼D∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_{z\sim D}\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2Ez∼D​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2.
  • FFF is μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗ if
F(w)−F(w∗)≤μ2∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)F(w) - F(w^*) \le \frac{\mu}{2}\|w - w^*\|^2 \qquad \text{for all } w \in W. \tag{2}F(w)−F(w∗)≤2μ​∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)

Projected SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t = 1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) starts at w1=0w_1 = 0w1​=0, draws z1,z2,⋯∼Dz_1, z_2, \dots \sim Dz1​,z2​,⋯∼D independently and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηt g(wt,zt)),w_{t+1} = \Pi_W\big(w_t - \eta_t\, g(w_t, z_t)\big),wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g(wt​,zt​)),

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The averaged iterate is wˉT=(w1+⋯+wT)/T\bar w_T = (w_1 + \dots + w_T)/TwˉT​=(w1​+⋯+wT​)/T. In Lean the run is UnderstandingML.sgdStrongIterates lam W g S and the average UnderstandingML.sgdStrongAverage lam W g S, for a sample S : Fin T → Z drawn from UnderstandingML.iidLaw D T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (averaged iterate)

If FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex and μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗, then for every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)]≤16 μG2λ2T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T) - F(w^*)\big] \le \frac{16\,\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)]≤λ2T16μG2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2. If E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at a point w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, then ∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2\|w - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/\lambda^2∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2.
  2. Lemma 1. For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wT−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wT​−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.
  3. Theorem 1 (last iterate). Under smoothness, E[F(wT)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T)\mathbb E[F(w_T) - F(w^*)] \le 2\mu G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E[F(wT​)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T).
  4. Averaged-iterate distance (App. B.3). For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wˉT−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 32G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.

The constants are the paper's. Theorem 1 is a companion of the goal rather than a step of its proof; both rest on Lemma 1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor in the standard bound for averaged SGD is not needed when FFF grows at most quadratically away from its minimizer. Condition (2) holds for logistic and least-squares regression and, in general, for linear predictors with losses that have Lipschitz-continuous gradients. Together with the paper's Theorem 4, which shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor is unavoidable for averaged SGD on some non-smooth problems, it locates where the extra logarithm comes from. Lemma 1 is the paper's key lemma: an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound on the expected squared distance of the last iterate that needs no smoothness, and it is reused in the paper's suffix-averaging analysis.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. The platform has UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Theorem 14.11), the classical (ρ2/(2λT))(1+log⁡T)(\rho^2/(2\lambda T))(1 + \log T)(ρ2/(2λT))(1+logT) bound for the same averaged iterate without smoothness. This mission adds the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds under (2), on the same SGD run, together with a reusable expected-distance bound for the projected iterates.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2 is to apply smoothness to each iterate, use Lemma 1, and average: by Jensen, E[F(wˉT)]−F(w∗)≤1T∑t2μG2λ2t\mathbb E[F(\bar w_T)] - F(w^*) \le \frac{1}{T}\sum_t \frac{2\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 t}E[F(wˉT​)]−F(w∗)≤T1​∑t​λ2t2μG2​, which is of order log⁡T/T\log T/TlogT/T. Removing the logarithm requires controlling E∥wˉT−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2 directly, where the iterates are dependent and the cross terms E⟨wˉt−w∗,wt+1−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle \bar w_t - w^*, w_{t+1} - w^*\rangleE⟨wˉt​−w∗,wt+1​−w∗⟩ do not vanish. The resulting recursion is nonlinear in E∥wˉt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_t - w^*\|^2E∥wˉt​−w∗∥2, and an induction with the constant 323232 fails at its first step unless the base case uses the sharper bound of Lemma 2. On the formal side, the expectations are over the product of TTT independent samples, and each one-step argument needs the independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ and the measurability of the projected iterates.

Formalization scope

  • Space. The paper's Hilbert space is specialized to Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.Vec d).
  • Domain. Convex ℝ W, IsClosed W (so the projection exists; tacit in the paper) and 0 ∈ W (the paper's initialization).
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn W lam F with 0 < lam. Combined with relative subgradients, it gives (1).
  • Oracle. OptimalSGD.Suffix.IsSubgradientOracleOn W F D g (the series' shared oracle predicate): for w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, g w is integrable and its mean is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW. Measurable (Function.uncurry g) and a probability measure DDD are assumed. The second-moment bound holds at every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, which is the paper's "regardless of how the iterates evolve".
  • Smoothness is (2) exactly (IsSmoothWrt W F μ wstar), with μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0. It is not a Lipschitz-gradient assumption, and FFF need not be differentiable.
  • Indexing. Iterates are indexed from 000. The paper's wTw_TwT​ is sgdStrongIterates lam W g S (T - 1), and wˉT\bar w_TwˉT​ averages indices 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1. Statements quantify over T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, including T=1T = 1T=1 (wˉ1=w1=0\bar w_1 = w_1 = 0wˉ1​=w1​=0).
  • Expectations. Bounds on ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|^2∥⋅∥2 use the lower Lebesgue integral. Bounds on FFF use the Bochner integral, and the integrability of F(wT)F(w_T)F(wT​) or F(wˉT)F(\bar w_T)F(wˉT​) is part of the conclusion.

A statement whose Bochner integral is not shown to be integrable would hold vacuously, because non-integrable functions integrate to 000; the integrability conjuncts rule this out. The run and the average are the published Understanding Machine Learning definitions, so the bounds here apply to the same object as UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex.

Needed infrastructure: measurability of the projected iterates in the sample, independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ under the product measure, conditional unbiasedness of the oracle along the run, non-expansiveness of the projection (available as UnderstandingML.projection_lemma), and an elementary induction on the scalar recursions. Contributions of these as standalone lemmas are welcome, and they are reusable for mission 1 of this series (suffix averaging) and for other projected-SGD analyses.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011; arXiv:1006.2425. https://arxiv.org/abs/1006.2425
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, §14.4.4. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 1: Random Block Coordinate Descent RCDM(α, x₀) Has Expected Error at Most 2·S_α·R²_{1−α}(x₀)/(k + 4)Research Paper

Motivation

Many large optimization problems arising in machine learning, statistics and network analysis have so many variables that computing a single full gradient is already expensive, while a single partial derivative, or a gradient with respect to a small block of variables, is cheap. Coordinate descent methods exploit this: at each iteration they update one block of variables only. They are among the oldest methods of numerical optimization, but for a long time their worst-case efficiency was not understood, because deterministic rules for choosing the next coordinate (cyclic order, greedy choice) are hard to analyse globally.

Nesterov (2010/2012) showed that choosing the coordinate at random, with probabilities tied to the coordinate-wise Lipschitz constants of the gradient, yields clean global complexity bounds. This paper started the modern theory of randomized coordinate descent, which was then extended to composite objectives, parallel and accelerated variants, and became a standard tool for huge-scale problems. This mission formalizes the first of its results: the expected sublinear rate of the basic method RCDM(α,x0)(\alpha,x_0)(α,x0​) (Theorem 1 of the CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2).

Setting

The variable x∈RNx\in\mathbb R^Nx∈RN is split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks, RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​. Write x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​ for the iii-th block and UihU_ihUi​h for the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks vanish. Each block space carries a norm ∥⋅∥(i)\|\cdot\|_{(i)}∥⋅∥(i)​ with dual norm ∥s∥(i)∗=max⁡∥h∥(i)=1⟨s,h⟩\|s\|^*_{(i)}=\max_{\|h\|_{(i)}=1}\langle s,h\rangle∥s∥(i)∗​=max∥h∥(i)​=1​⟨s,h⟩.

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and its set X∗X_*X∗​ of minimizers is nonempty and bounded; f∗f^*f∗ is its optimal value. The partial gradient fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) is the iii-th block of the gradient. The gradient is coordinate-wise Lipschitz with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0:

∥fi′(x+Uihi)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥hi∥(i)(2.2)\|f'_i(x+U_ih_i)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h_i\|_{(i)}\qquad(2.2)∥fi′​(x+Ui​hi​)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥hi​∥(i)​(2.2)

for all xxx, iii and hi∈Rnih_i\in\mathbb R^{n_i}hi​∈Rni​.

For a linear functional sss, s#s^\#s# is any maximizer of ⟨s,x⟩−12∥x∥2\langle s,x\rangle-\frac12\|x\|^2⟨s,x⟩−21​∥x∥2. The optimal coordinate step is Ti(x)=x−1LiUifi′(x)#T_i(x)=x-\frac1{L_i}U_if'_i(x)^\#Ti​(x)=x−Li​1​Ui​fi′​(x)#. For α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R let Sα=∑i=1nLiαS_\alpha=\sum_{i=1}^nL_i^\alphaSα​=∑i=1n​Liα​ and pα(i)=Liα/Sαp_\alpha^{(i)}=L_i^\alpha/S_\alphapα(i)​=Liα​/Sα​. The method RCDM(α,x0)(\alpha,x_0)(α,x0​) starts at x0x_0x0​ and, for k≥0k\ge0k≥0, draws iki_kik​ independently with Pr⁡(ik=i)=pα(i)\Pr(i_k=i)=p^{(i)}_\alphaPr(ik​=i)=pα(i)​ and sets xk+1=Tik(xk)x_{k+1}=T_{i_k}(x_k)xk+1​=Tik​​(xk​). Its expected objective value is φk=Eξk−1f(xk)\varphi_k=E_{\xi_{k-1}}f(x_k)φk​=Eξk−1​​f(xk​), the expectation over the draws ξk−1=(i0,…,ik−1)\xi_{k-1}=(i_0,\dots,i_{k-1})ξk−1​=(i0​,…,ik−1​).

The weighted norms are ∥x∥β=[∑iLiβ∥x(i)∥(i)2]1/2\|x\|_\beta=\big[\sum_iL_i^\beta\|x^{(i)}\|^2_{(i)}\big]^{1/2}∥x∥β​=[∑i​Liβ​∥x(i)∥(i)2​]1/2 and ∥g∥β∗=[∑iLi−β(∥g(i)∥(i)∗)2]1/2\|g\|^*_\beta=\big[\sum_iL_i^{-\beta}(\|g^{(i)}\|^*_{(i)})^2\big]^{1/2}∥g∥β∗​=[∑i​Li−β​(∥g(i)∥(i)∗​)2]1/2, and the size of the initial level set is

Rβ(x0)=max⁡x{max⁡x∗∈X∗∥x−x∗∥β: f(x)≤f(x0)}.R_\beta(x_0)=\max_x\Big\{\max_{x_*\in X_*}\|x-x_*\|_\beta:\ f(x)\le f(x_0)\Big\}.Rβ​(x0​)=xmax​{x∗​∈X∗​max​∥x−x∗​∥β​: f(x)≤f(x0​)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

φk−f∗≤2k+4⋅[∑j=1nLjα]⋅R1−α2(x0).\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac2{k+4}\cdot\Big[\sum_{j=1}^nL_j^\alpha\Big]\cdot R^2_{1-\alpha}(x_0).φk​−f∗≤k+42​⋅[j=1∑n​Ljα​]⋅R1−α2​(x0​).

The statement holds for every real α\alphaα, every choice of the vectors s#s^\#s#, and every block decomposition with arbitrary block norms. With α=0\alpha=0α=0 (uniform sampling) it reads φk−f∗≤2nk+4R12(x0)\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac{2n}{k+4}R_1^2(x_0)φk​−f∗≤k+42n​R12​(x0​).

Milestones

  1. ∥s#∥=∥s∥∗\|s^\#\|=\|s\|_*∥s#∥=∥s∥∗​ (§1, after (1.8)).
  2. The block descent inequality (2.3).
  3. The guaranteed decrease of an optimal coordinate step, f(x)−f(Ti(x))≥12Li(∥fi′(x)∥(i)∗)2f(x)-f(T_i(x))\ge\frac1{2L_i}(\|f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)})^2f(x)−f(Ti​(x))≥2Li​1​(∥fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​)2 (2.4).
  4. Lemma 2: the weighted Lipschitz bound ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥1−α∗≤Sα∥x−y∥1−α\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|^*_{1-\alpha}\le S_\alpha\|x-y\|_{1-\alpha}∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥1−α∗​≤Sα​∥x−y∥1−α​ (2.9) and the quadratic upper bound (2.10).
  5. The expected one-step decrease (2.13).
  6. The recursion φk−φk+1≥1C(φk−f∗)2\varphi_k-\varphi_{k+1}\ge\frac1C(\varphi_k-f^*)^2φk​−φk+1​≥C1​(φk​−f∗)2 with C=2SαR1−α2(x0)C=2S_\alpha R^2_{1-\alpha}(x_0)C=2Sα​R1−α2​(x0​).
  7. Lemma 1, a block-diagonal Loewner bound for positive semidefinite matrices, which the paper states in §1 but does not use later.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the first global efficiency estimate for a coordinate descent method on general smooth convex functions. Its constant is governed by SαS_\alphaSα​, an average of the coordinate Lipschitz constants, rather than by the global Lipschitz constant of the gradient; for α=1\alpha=1α=1 and Euclidean blocks this makes the method competitive with the full-gradient method even when partial derivatives are not cheap, and much faster when they are. The later results of the paper (linear convergence under strong convexity, high-probability bounds, the constrained and accelerated variants, adaptive Lipschitz estimates) reuse the objects and the one-step estimates of this mission.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. As far as we know it has not been machine-checked. The platform contains a related item, ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.theorem_6_7 (Bubeck's monograph, Theorem 6.7, open), which treats scalar Euclidean coordinates, α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0, and the weaker factor 2/(t−1)2/(t-1)2/(t−1); together with its proved one-step lemmas (thm_6_7_coord_step, thm_6_7_expected_decrease) it covers the special case ni=1n_i=1ni​=1 of milestones 3 and 5. This mission states the result in the paper's generality: arbitrary blocks and block norms, non-Euclidean dual norms through s#s^\#s#, every real α\alphaα, and the constant 2/(k+4)2/(k+4)2/(k+4).

Difficulty

The bound is a statement about an expectation, not about individual runs: the recursion on φk\varphi_kφk​ needs Jensen's inequality, E[(f(xk)−f∗)2]≥(φk−f∗)2E[(f(x_k)-f^*)^2]\ge(\varphi_k-f^*)^2E[(f(xk​)−f∗)2]≥(φk​−f∗)2, and the fact that every run stays in the initial level set, so that R1−α(x0)R_{1-\alpha}(x_0)R1−α​(x0​) controls f(xk)−f∗f(x_k)-f^*f(xk​)−f∗ along every path. Lemma 2 is the step that links the coordinate-wise condition (2.2) to the weighted full gradient, and it is easy to misjudge: it is false without convexity, since f(x)=x1x2f(x)=x_1x_2f(x)=x1​x2​ on R2\mathbb R^2R2 satisfies (2.2) with arbitrarily small constants. The non-Euclidean block norms add a layer of convex analysis (the dual norm, the vector s#s^\#s# and its identities) on top of the probabilistic bookkeeping.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E =∏i: Fin nEi=\prod_{i:\,\texttt{Fin }n}E_i=∏i:Fin n​Ei​ of finite-dimensional real normed spaces; indices are 0-based. The norm Lean puts on the product is never used; statements use only the block norms and the weighted norms (2.7).
  • The dual norm is the operator norm of E i →L[ℝ] ℝ; the partial gradient is the derivative of fff composed with the inclusion of block iii.
  • s#s^\#s# is an arbitrary selection satisfying (1.8) (IsSharpSelection); all results quantify over every selection.
  • Random draws are explicit index sequences, so φk\varphi_kφk​ is a finite sum over {0,…,n−1}k\{0,\dots,n-1\}^k{0,…,n−1}k weighted by products of the probabilities (2.5). No measure theory is involved.
  • R1−α(x0)R_{1-\alpha}(x_0)R1−α​(x0​) is never computed as a supremum: the statements assume an upper bound RRR (every point of the level set is within RRR of every minimizer), which is equivalent when the maximum is finite.
  • Explicit hypotheses the paper leaves implicit: n≥1n\ge1n≥1, Li>0L_i>0Li​>0, and convexity of fff in Lemma 2 (the standing assumption of §2, used in its proof). α\alphaα is any real number; the remark "SαS_\alphaSα​ … with α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0" on p. 6 is notation and is not imposed.
  • The recursion of milestone 6 is stated multiplied by CCC, so that no statement divides by a quantity that may vanish.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: replacing φk\varphi_kφk​ by f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) along a single path, taking R1−α(x0)R_{1-\alpha}(x_0)R1−α​(x0​) as a supremum that defaults to 000 on unbounded level sets, or fixing one particular s#s^\#s# would each change the theorem, and none is used. A sorry-free check confirms that all hypotheses of the goal hold for n=1n=1n=1, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2, x0=1x_0=1x0​=1, R=1R=1R=1.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the one-step estimates (2.3), (2.4), (2.13), which need a block mean-value argument and the convex analysis of s#s^\#s#; Lemma 2, which needs the convex conjugate argument of its proof; and the final summation argument. The block encoding and the identities for s#s^\#s# are reusable for every other mission of this paper.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf ; journal version: SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012) 341–362, https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015, §6.4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004, §2.1 (the descent lemma behind (2.3)). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming II: A Long Step of the Conic Karmarkar Method Lowers the Potential by at Least (‖p‖²/|p|²)(1 − ln 2) ≥ 1 − ln 2Research Paper

Motivation

Karmarkar's projective method (1984) was the first interior-point algorithm for linear programming with a polynomial bound that was also fast in practice. Its analysis rests on a potential function that combines the logarithm of the objective gap with a logarithmic barrier: if every iteration lowers the potential by a fixed constant, then the gap shrinks geometrically. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994, §4.3) carried the method over to general convex cones with self-concordant barriers, but only with short steps, which move a fraction of the way to the boundary of a ball in the local norm.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) introduced self-scaled barriers, the class behind the cones of linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programming. They used it to allow long steps, which go a large fraction of the way to the boundary of the cone itself. Section 7.1 of that paper analyses the Karmarkar method with long steps on a self-scaled cone. It shows that the potential decrease per iteration is at least the absolute constant 1−ln⁡21-\ln 21−ln2, independent of the barrier parameter, as in the linear-programming case. This mission formalizes that analysis.

Timeline:

  • 1984, Karmarkar: projective method for linear programming, with potential decrease per step bounded below by a constant.
  • 1986, Anstreicher: a strengthened acceptance criterion for approximate projections in Karmarkar's algorithm for standard linear programming, containing the result that Lemma 7.1 of the 1997 paper generalizes (p. 28).
  • 1994, Nesterov–Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, §4.3: the extension to self-concordant barriers on general cones, short steps.
  • 1997, Nesterov–Todd: self-scaled barriers and long steps (this paper, Theorem 7.2).

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, which identifies the dual space E∗E^*E∗ with EEE. Let K⊆EK\subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex cone with nonempty interior that contains no line, and let K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K} be its dual cone. A ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier F:int⁡K→RF:\operatorname{int}K\to\mathbb RF:intK→R is a self-concordant barrier that is logarithmically homogeneous, F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ, and satisfies the two scaling conditions of Definition 2.1 of the paper. F′F'F′ and F′′F''F′′ are its gradient and Hessian.

Two measures of a direction p∈Ep\in Ep∈E at x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK are used:

  • the local norm ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2;
  • the σ-measure σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K}, and the uniform norm ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}|p|_x=\max\{\sigma_x(p),\sigma_x(-p)\}∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}.

The point x−αpx-\alpha px−αp stays in int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK exactly when α σx(p)<1\alpha\,\sigma_x(p)<1ασx​(p)<1.

The problem is in Karmarkar form:

(P)min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Bx=0,  ⟨d,x⟩=1,  x∈K,(P)\qquad\min\ \langle c,x\rangle\quad\text{s.t.}\quad Bx=0,\ \ \langle d,x\rangle=1,\ \ x\in K,(P)min ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Bx=0,  ⟨d,x⟩=1,  x∈K,

with B:E→RmB:E\to\mathbb R^mB:E→Rm linear and surjective and d∈K∗d\in K^*d∈K∗. Its dual is max⁡{ζ:B∗y+dζ+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\zeta: B^*y+d\zeta+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{ζ:B∗y+dζ+s=c, s∈K∗}. The standing assumptions are that (P) and the dual have strictly feasible points, and that ⟨c,⋅⟩\langle c,\cdot\rangle⟨c,⋅⟩ is not constant on the feasible set of (P). The optimal value is ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗. The method decreases the potential

Φ(x;ζ)=νln⁡⟨c−ζd,x⟩+F(x),\Phi(x;\zeta)=\nu\ln\langle c-\zeta d,x\rangle+F(x),Φ(x;ζ)=νln⟨c−ζd,x⟩+F(x),

which is homogeneous of degree 000 in xxx.

One iteration starts from a strictly feasible x^\hat xx^ and a lower bound ζ^≤ζ∗\hat\zeta\le\zeta^*ζ^​≤ζ∗:

  1. Put c^=c+⟨c,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat c=c+\frac{\langle c,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)c^=c+ν⟨c,x^⟩​F′(x^) and d^=d+⟨d,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat d=d+\frac{\langle d,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)d^=d+ν⟨d,x^⟩​F′(x^). Let p(c)p(c)p(c), p(d)p(d)p(d) be their projections into ker⁡B\ker BkerB with respect to F′′(x^)F''(\hat x)F′′(x^): Bp(u)=0Bp(u)=0Bp(u)=0 and B∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u^B^*y(u)+F''(\hat x)p(u)=\hat uB∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u^ (7.3).
  2. Put x~(ζ)=⟨c−ζd,x^⟩νx^+p(c)−ζp(d)\tilde x(\zeta)=\frac{\langle c-\zeta d,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}\hat x+p(c)-\zeta p(d)x~(ζ)=ν⟨c−ζd,x^⟩​x^+p(c)−ζp(d) (7.4). If x~(ζ^)∉int⁡K\tilde x(\hat\zeta)\notin\operatorname{int}Kx~(ζ^​)∈/intK, keep ζ+=ζ^\zeta^+=\hat\zetaζ+=ζ^​. Otherwise raise the bound to ζ+=ζ^+1/σx~(ζ^)(p(d)+x^/ν)\zeta^+=\hat\zeta+1/\sigma_{\tilde x(\hat\zeta)}(p(d)+\hat x/\nu)ζ+=ζ^​+1/σx~(ζ^​)​(p(d)+x^/ν) (7.6).
  3. Take the direction p=p(c)−ζ+p(d)p=p(c)-\zeta^+p(d)p=p(c)−ζ+p(d) (7.5) and the new point x+=x^−αpx^+=\hat x-\alpha px+=x^−αp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.2 (p. 28)

For a suitable α>0\alpha>0α>0, the point x+=x^−αpx^+=\hat x-\alpha px+=x^−αp lies in {x∈int⁡K:Bx=0}\{x\in\operatorname{int}K:Bx=0\}{x∈intK:Bx=0} and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2∣p∣x^2(1−ln⁡2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).(7.9)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)\le\Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta)-\frac{\|p\|_{\hat x}^2}{|p|_{\hat x}^2}(1-\ln2)\le\Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta)-(1-\ln2).\qquad(7.9)Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−∣p∣x^2​∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).(7.9)

The goal asserts the existence of the step, not a particular step size, so it does not commit to the step chosen in the proof.

Milestones

  • Lemma 7.1 (p. 27): ζ+≤ζ∗\zeta^+\le\zeta^*ζ+≤ζ∗, and ⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+≤ν σx^(−p)\langle c,\hat x\rangle-\zeta^+\le\nu\,\sigma_{\hat x}(-p)⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+≤νσx^​(−p) (7.7).
  • (7.8) (p. 28): ∥p∥x^2=⟨c−ζ+d,p⟩\|p\|_{\hat x}^2=\langle c-\zeta^+d,p\rangle∥p∥x^2​=⟨c−ζ+d,p⟩.

Companion: Theorem 7.1 (p. 26)

With Kˉ={x∈K:Bx=0, ⟨c,x⟩≤max⁡(⟨c,x0⟩,0)+1, ⟨d,x⟩≤1}\bar K=\{x\in K:Bx=0,\ \langle c,x\rangle\le\max(\langle c,x_0\rangle,0)+1,\ \langle d,x\rangle\le1\}Kˉ={x∈K:Bx=0, ⟨c,x⟩≤max(⟨c,x0​⟩,0)+1, ⟨d,x⟩≤1} and F‾\underline FF​ the minimum of FFF over it: if Φ(x;ζ)≤Φ(x0;ζ0)−Δ\Phi(x;\zeta)\le\Phi(x_0;\zeta_0)-\DeltaΦ(x;ζ)≤Φ(x0​;ζ0​)−Δ with ζ∈[ζ0,ζ∗]\zeta\in[\zeta_0,\zeta^*]ζ∈[ζ0​,ζ∗] and Δ\DeltaΔ large enough, then

⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0) e(F(x0)−F‾)/ν e−Δ/ν.(7.2)\langle c,x\rangle-\zeta\le(\langle c,x_0\rangle-\zeta_0)\,e^{(F(x_0)-\underline F)/\nu}\,e^{-\Delta/\nu}.\qquad(7.2)⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)e(F(x0​)−F​)/νe−Δ/ν.(7.2)

Significance

Theorem 7.2 together with Theorem 7.1 gives the O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(νln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound of the long-step conic Karmarkar method. The decrease constant 1−ln⁡21-\ln21−ln2 does not depend on ν\nuν or on the cone. The finer bound ∥p∥2∣p∣2(1−ln⁡2)\frac{\|p\|^2}{|p|^2}(1-\ln 2)∣p∣2∥p∥2​(1−ln2) can be much larger than 1−ln⁡21-\ln 21−ln2, since ∥p∥x≥∣p∣x\|p\|_x\ge|p|_x∥p∥x​≥∣p∣x​ always holds. This explains why long steps outperform short ones in practice. Lemma 7.1 shows that the lower bound obtained from dual information is valid and tight enough to drive the analysis. The paper presents it as a generalization of a result of Anstreicher (1986) for standard linear programming.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized anywhere. A formal development checks the interplay of the lower-bound update with the σ-measure and the homogeneity of Φ\PhiΦ, which the paper treats briefly. It also records a correction: on p. 27 the paper prints c^=c−⟨c,x^⟩νF′(x^)\hat c=c-\frac{\langle c,\hat x\rangle}{\nu}F'(\hat x)c^=c−ν⟨c,x^⟩​F′(x^) (and likewise d^\hat dd^). The paper's own surrounding identities, in particular ⟨u^,x^⟩=0\langle\hat u,\hat x\rangle=0⟨u^,x^⟩=0 on p. 28, require the sign "+++", and the formalization uses "+++".

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds the change of FFF along x−αpx-\alpha px−αp with self-concordance in the local norm. That argument only controls steps with α∥p∥x^<1\alpha\|p\|_{\hat x}<1α∥p∥x^​<1, and it gives a decrease that degrades with the step length. The long step goes up to 1/σx^(p)1/\sigma_{\hat x}(p)1/σx^​(p), which can be much larger. Reaching it requires the long-step barrier bound for self-scaled barriers (Theorem 4.2 of the paper, stated in another mission of this series). That bound controls F(x−αp)F(x-\alpha p)F(x−αp) through σx(p)\sigma_x(p)σx​(p) instead of ∥p∥x\|p\|_x∥p∥x​.

The second obstacle is the linear term. The decrease in νln⁡⟨c−ζ+d,⋅⟩\nu\ln\langle c-\zeta^+d,\cdot\rangleνln⟨c−ζ+d,⋅⟩ must be compared with ∥p∥2\|p\|^2∥p∥2, which needs both the identity (7.8) and the gap bound (7.7). The gap bound is the step at which the lower-bound update is essential: without the update, ⟨c,x^⟩−ζ^\langle c,\hat x\rangle-\hat\zeta⟨c,x^⟩−ζ^​ is not bounded by νσx^(−p)\nu\sigma_{\hat x}(-p)νσx^​(−p).

Formalization scope

The Lean development reuses the published self-scaled setting of the series SelfScaledIPM (IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, hess, lnorm, sigma, absn) and ConvexOptimization.dualCone. Conventions:

  • E=E=E= EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with E∗E^*E∗ identified with EEE.
  • F′′F''F′′ is assumed nondegenerate on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK. This follows from the other axioms for a pointed cone.
  • The conjugate barrier is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.
  • ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 is a binder. The paper derives it from pointedness on p. 3.
  • ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ is a real infimum, made finite by the strict dual feasibility assumption, which every statement carries. Nonconstancy of the objective is stated as the existence of two feasible points with different objective values.
  • The projections p(c)p(c)p(c), p(d)p(d)p(d) are data satisfying (7.3), not chosen by a selection function. The lower-bound update and the direction are definitions computed from them.
  • The goal adds the conjunct ⟨c−ζ+d,x+⟩>0\langle c-\zeta^+d,x^+\rangle>0⟨c−ζ+d,x+⟩>0, so that the logarithm in Φ(x+;ζ+)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)Φ(x+;ζ+) is genuine. It does not assert ⟨d,x+⟩=1\langle d,x^+\rangle=1⟨d,x+⟩=1, which the paper notes may fail.
  • Identity (7.8) is stated for every real ζ\zetaζ, which contains the page's ζ=ζ+\zeta=\zeta^+ζ=ζ+.
  • F‾\underline FF​ is an infimum over Kˉ∩int⁡K\bar K\cap\operatorname{int}KKˉ∩intK, where the barrier is finite.
  • c^\hat cc^ and d^\hat dd^ carry the corrected sign "+++".

A statement with ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ an arbitrary real, or with ppp an arbitrary vector, would be false or vacuous. The statements here fix both by the page's construction (7.3)–(7.6), and the logarithm in Φ\PhiΦ is guarded by the positivity conjunct.

A proof needs the long-step barrier inequality (Theorem 4.2), the monotonicity facts of Proposition 4.1, K∗=F′′(v)KK^*=F''(v)KK∗=F′′(v)K (Theorem 3.1 (iii)), and ∥p(u)∥w2=⟨u,p(u)⟩\|p(u)\|^2_w=\langle u,p(u)\rangle∥p(u)∥w2​=⟨u,p(u)⟩ (Proposition 6.2). These are milestones of the other missions of this series, and contributions proving them are reusable here. Elementary facts about σ\sigmaσ (positive homogeneity, the boundary characterization x−αp∈∂Kx-\alpha p\in\partial Kx−αp∈∂K at α=1/σx(p)\alpha=1/\sigma_x(p)α=1/σx​(p)) are useful beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
  • K. M. Anstreicher, A strengthened acceptance criterion for approximate projections in Karmarkar's algorithm, Operations Research Letters 5, 1986, 211–214. https://www.sciencedirect.com/journal/operations-research-letters/vol/5
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming III: An Affine Potential-Reduction Step Lowers the Potential by at Least 1 − ln 2, and by (‖p‖²/|p|²)(1 − ln 2) When µ ≥ 2νResearch Paper

Motivation

Potential-reduction methods solve a linear or conic program by driving down a single merit function that combines the objective gap with a barrier for the constraint cone. For linear programming the primal version goes back to Karmarkar (1984) and, without Karmarkar's special problem form, to Gonzaga (1990, Math. Programming 49, 7–21), whose method reduces the potential by a constant at every step while updating a lower bound on the optimal value. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) extended such methods to general convex cones with self-concordant barriers, but their analysis only allows short steps: steps confined to a ball of the local norm, which in practice is a small fraction of the way to the boundary.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) singled out the self-scaled cones (the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products) and showed that for them long steps are admissible. This mission formalizes their extension of Gonzaga's method (§7.2 of the paper): a primal potential-reduction step, with a lower-bound update, that decreases the potential by a constant and, when the potential parameter is large enough, by an amount that scales with how far the step can go.

Setting

Let E=RnE = \mathbb R^nE=Rn with its inner product, identified with its dual E∗E^*E∗. Let K⊆EK \subseteq EK⊆E be a closed convex pointed cone with nonempty interior, and FFF a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier for KKK: a ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier (F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x) = F(x) - \nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ) such that for all w,x∈int⁡Kw, x \in \operatorname{int} Kw,x∈intK the Hessian satisfies F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x \in \operatorname{int} K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x) = F(x) - 2F(w) - \nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν, where K∗K^*K∗ is the dual cone and F∗F_*F∗​ the conjugate barrier. Here ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1.

The problem is

(P)min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Ax=b, x∈K,(P)\qquad \min\ \langle c, x\rangle \quad\text{s.t.}\quad Ax = b,\ x \in K,(P)min ⟨c,x⟩s.t.Ax=b, x∈K,

with A:E→RmA : E \to \mathbb R^mA:E→Rm linear and surjective, and dual (D)(D)(D): max⁡⟨b,y⟩\max \langle b, y\ranglemax⟨b,y⟩ s.t. A∗y+s=cA^*y + s = cA∗y+s=c, s∈K∗s \in K^*s∈K∗. Both have strictly feasible points: S0(P)={x∈int⁡K:Ax=b}S^0(P) = \{x \in \operatorname{int}K : Ax = b\}S0(P)={x∈intK:Ax=b} and S0(D)S^0(D)S0(D) are nonempty, and the objective is not constant on the feasible region of (P)(P)(P). Let ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ be the optimal value.

At x∈int⁡Kx \in \operatorname{int}Kx∈intK the local norm is ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x = \langle F''(x)p, p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2, its dual is ∥u∥x∗=⟨u,[F′′(x)]−1u⟩1/2\|u\|^*_x = \langle u, [F''(x)]^{-1}u\rangle^{1/2}∥u∥x∗​=⟨u,[F′′(x)]−1u⟩1/2, and σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p) = \min\{\beta \ge 0 : \beta x - p \in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K} measures how far one can move from xxx along −p-p−p: the point x−αpx - \alpha px−αp stays in int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK for ασx(p)<1\alpha\sigma_x(p) < 1ασx​(p)<1. The uniform norm is ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}≤∥p∥x|p|_x = \max\{\sigma_x(p), \sigma_x(-p)\} \le \|p\|_x∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}≤∥p∥x​.

For μ>ν\mu > \nuμ>ν and a lower bound ζ≤ζ∗\zeta \le \zeta^*ζ≤ζ∗, the primal potential is

Φ(x;ζ)=μln⁡(⟨c,x⟩−ζ)+F(x).\Phi(x;\zeta) = \mu\ln(\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta) + F(x).Φ(x;ζ)=μln(⟨c,x⟩−ζ)+F(x).

At an iterate x^∈S0(P)\hat x \in S^0(P)x^∈S0(P) with lower bound ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​, let p(c)p(c)p(c) and p(d)p(d)p(d) be the projections of ccc and of d=F′(x^)d = F'(\hat x)d=F′(x^) into ker⁡A\ker AkerA with respect to F′′(x^)F''(\hat x)F′′(x^): Ap(u)=0Ap(u) = 0Ap(u)=0, A∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=uA^*y(u) + F''(\hat x)p(u) = uA∗y(u)+F′′(x^)p(u)=u. For λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb Rλ∈R put s~(λ)=F′′(x^)(p(c)+λp(d))−λF′(x^)\tilde s(\lambda) = F''(\hat x)(p(c) + \lambda p(d)) - \lambda F'(\hat x)s~(λ)=F′′(x^)(p(c)+λp(d))−λF′(x^). Whenever s~(λ)∈K∗\tilde s(\lambda) \in K^*s~(λ)∈K∗, the number ⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \langle \tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩ is the value of a feasible dual solution, hence a lower bound on ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗. The updated lower bound ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is the larger of ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​ and the best such bound. Finally λ+=(⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+)/μ\lambda^+ = (\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \zeta^+)/\muλ+=(⟨c,x^⟩−ζ+)/μ and the search direction is p=p(c)+λ+p(d)p = p(c) + \lambda^+ p(d)p=p(c)+λ+p(d), which is λ+\lambda^+λ+ times the projected gradient of Φ(⋅;ζ+)\Phi(\cdot;\zeta^+)Φ(⋅;ζ+). Write p+=σx^(p)p_+ = \sigma_{\hat x}(p)p+​=σx^​(p).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.4 (b), the long step

If μ≥2ν\mu \ge 2\nuμ≥2ν, there is α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with x+=x^−αp∈S0(P)x^+ = \hat x - \alpha p \in S^0(P)x+=x^−αp∈S0(P) and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2(max⁡{p+,∣p∣x^})2(1−ln⁡2)=Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2∣p∣x^2(1−ln⁡2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{(\max\{p_+, |p|_{\hat x}\})^2}(1-\ln 2) = \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{|p|^2_{\hat x}}(1-\ln 2) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - (1-\ln 2).Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(max{p+​,∣p∣x^​})2∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)=Φ(x^;ζ^​)−∣p∣x^2​∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).

Companion: Theorem 7.4 (a), the short step

If μ≥ν+ν\mu \ge \nu + \sqrt\nuμ≥ν+ν​, there is α>0\alpha > 0α>0 with x+=x^−αp∈S0(P)x^+ = \hat x - \alpha p \in S^0(P)x+=x^−αp∈S0(P) and

Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^)−∥p∥x^2(max⁡{p+,∥p∥x^})2(1−ln⁡2)=Φ(x^;ζ^)−(1−ln⁡2).\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+) \le \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - \frac{\|p\|^2_{\hat x}}{(\max\{p_+, \|p\|_{\hat x}\})^2}(1-\ln 2) = \Phi(\hat x;\hat\zeta) - (1-\ln 2).Φ(x+;ζ+)≤Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(max{p+​,∥p∥x^​})2∥p∥x^2​​(1−ln2)=Φ(x^;ζ^​)−(1−ln2).

Milestones

  1. (§7.2, p. 31) The gap ⟨s~(λ),x^⟩=⟨−F′(x^),p(c)⟩+λ((∥F′(x^)∥x^∗)2−∥p(d)∥x^2)\langle\tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle = \langle -F'(\hat x), p(c)\rangle + \lambda\big((\|F'(\hat x)\|^*_{\hat x})^2 - \|p(d)\|^2_{\hat x}\big)⟨s~(λ),x^⟩=⟨−F′(x^),p(c)⟩+λ((∥F′(x^)∥x^∗​)2−∥p(d)∥x^2​) is nondecreasing in λ\lambdaλ.
  2. (Lemma 7.2) If μ≥ν+ν\mu \ge \nu + \sqrt\nuμ≥ν+ν​ then λ+≤∥p∥x^\lambda^+ \le \|p\|_{\hat x}λ+≤∥p∥x^​; if μ≥2ν\mu \ge 2\nuμ≥2ν then λ+≤∣p∣x^\lambda^+ \le |p|_{\hat x}λ+≤∣p∣x^​.

Companion: Theorem 7.3

A total potential decrease Δ>μln⁡(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0)+F(x0)−F‾\Delta > \mu\ln(\langle c, x_0\rangle - \zeta_0) + F(x_0) - \underline FΔ>μln(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)+F(x0​)−F​ from the starting pair (x0,ζ0)(x_0, \zeta_0)(x0​,ζ0​) forces ⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0⟩−ζ0) e(F(x0)−F‾)/μ e−Δ/μ\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta \le (\langle c, x_0\rangle - \zeta_0)\,e^{(F(x_0) - \underline F)/\mu}\,e^{-\Delta/\mu}⟨c,x⟩−ζ≤(⟨c,x0​⟩−ζ0​)e(F(x0​)−F​)/μe−Δ/μ, where F‾\underline FF​ is the minimum of FFF on a bounded truncation Kˉ\bar KKˉ of the homogenized feasible region.

Significance

Theorem 7.4 together with Theorem 7.3 gives an O(μln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\mu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(μln(1/ϵ))-iteration method for conic programming over self-scaled cones that needs only a primal strictly feasible point and a lower bound, and that, for μ=O(ν)\mu = O(\nu)μ=O(ν), matches the complexity of the short-step theory. Part (b) is the substantive claim: the step α\alphaα may go a large fraction of the way to the boundary of KKK (half way when σx^(p)=σx^(−p)\sigma_{\hat x}(p) = \sigma_{\hat x}(-p)σx^​(p)=σx^​(−p)) and the guaranteed decrease (∥p∥x^2/∣p∣x^2)(1−ln⁡2)(\|p\|^2_{\hat x}/|p|^2_{\hat x})(1 - \ln 2)(∥p∥x^2​/∣p∣x^2​)(1−ln2) is typically much larger than 1−ln⁡21 - \ln 21−ln2. This is the property that distinguishes self-scaled barriers from general self-concordant ones, for which only steps inside the local unit ball are controlled.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor the long-step theory of self-scaled barriers on which they rest, is formalized in any proof assistant as far as is known.

Difficulty

The obvious approach bounds F(x^−αp)−F(x^)F(\hat x - \alpha p) - F(\hat x)F(x^−αp)−F(x^) by the self-concordance inequality, which controls FFF only for α∥p∥x^<1\alpha\|p\|_{\hat x} < 1α∥p∥x^​<1; that is the short-step regime and yields at best part (a). Part (b) requires a bound on FFF along −p-p−p valid all the way to α<1/σx^(p)\alpha < 1/\sigma_{\hat x}(p)α<1/σx^​(p), which holds for self-scaled barriers but not for self-concordant ones. The second difficulty is the interplay with the lower-bound update: the decrease of the barrier term must be paid for by the decrease of μln⁡(⟨c,x⟩−ζ+)\mu\ln(\langle c, x\rangle - \zeta^+)μln(⟨c,x⟩−ζ+), and this needs the scaling factor λ+\lambda^+λ+ of the direction to be at most ∣p∣x^|p|_{\hat x}∣p∣x^​, which in turn depends on how ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ was chosen. With an arbitrary admissible lower bound the claim fails.

Formalization scope

EEE, E∗E^*E∗ are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) identified through the inner product, and the problem data are A:Rn→LRmA : \mathbb R^n \to_L \mathbb R^mA:Rn→L​Rm surjective, bbb, ccc. The cone, the barrier, the local norms ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ (lnorm), ∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​ (dnorm), σx\sigma_xσx​ (sigma) and ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ (absn) are the published definitions of the SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep setting; the paper's starred dual norms map to dnorm at a primal point. Nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′ is part of that barrier definition, and the conjugate barrier is an sSup over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.

Standing assumptions are hypotheses of every statement: surjectivity of AAA (6.1), strict dual feasibility (6.3) (strict primal feasibility follows from the given iterate), the objective not constant on the feasible region, and ν≥1\nu \ge 1ν≥1. The optimal value ζ∗\zeta^*ζ∗ is the infimum of the objective over the feasible set, finite under these assumptions. The projections (7.12) are given as data satisfying their defining equations. The updated lower bound ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is defined as max⁡(ζ^,sup⁡G)\max(\hat\zeta, \sup G)max(ζ^​,supG), with GGG the set of dual bounds ⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩\langle c, \hat x\rangle - \langle\tilde s(\lambda), \hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩−⟨s~(λ),x^⟩ over λ\lambdaλ with s~(λ)∈K∗\tilde s(\lambda) \in K^*s~(λ)∈K∗, and ζ+=ζ^\zeta^+ = \hat\zetaζ+=ζ^​ when GGG is empty. Because the gap is nondecreasing in λ\lambdaλ, this equals the paper's value at the minimal admissible λ\lambdaλ. "A suitable value of α\alphaα" is an existential over α>0\alpha > 0α>0, and the conclusion also asserts ⟨c,x+⟩>ζ+\langle c, x^+\rangle > \zeta^+⟨c,x+⟩>ζ+ so that the logarithm in Φ(x+;ζ+)\Phi(x^+;\zeta^+)Φ(x+;ζ+) is genuine. Kˉ\bar KKˉ and F‾\underline FF​ of Theorem 7.3 are defined explicitly, with F‾\underline FF​ the infimum of FFF over Kˉ∩int⁡K\bar K \cap \operatorname{int}KKˉ∩intK.

A statement in which ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ is an arbitrary lower bound above ζ^\hat\zetaζ^​, or ppp an arbitrary vector in ker⁡A\ker AkerA, or α\alphaα arbitrary instead of existentially chosen, would be false; the formalization fixes ζ+\zeta^+ζ+ by (7.17) and ppp by (7.14).

A complete development needs the theory of self-scaled barriers along a line (Theorem 4.2 and Proposition 4.1 of the paper, posed in the sibling mission I of this series), the projection identities (Propositions 6.2–6.3, posed in mission IV), weak conic duality, and the inequalities ⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤ν∥p∥x\langle -F'(x), p\rangle \le \sqrt\nu\|p\|_x⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤ν​∥p∥x​ and ⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤νσx(p)\langle -F'(x), p\rangle \le \nu\sigma_x(p)⟨−F′(x),p⟩≤νσx​(p). These are reusable across self-scaled interior-point methods; proofs of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • C. C. Gonzaga, Polynomial affine algorithms for linear programming, Mathematical Programming 49, 1990, 7–21 (cited as in the paper's reference list).
  • N. Karmarkar, A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming, Combinatorica 4, 1984, 373–395. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579150
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming IV: The Predictor-Corrector Path-Following Scheme Keeps π(τ, x) ≤ 1/4 and Multiplies τ by at Least 1 + 3/(8√ν + 2)Research Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods solve linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programs by following a smooth curve through the interior of the feasible region. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) showed that the right object to build such methods on is a self-concordant barrier for the cone, and that the number of Newton steps needed by a path-following method is governed by the barrier parameter ν\nuν. For general cones, however, their analysis of Newton's method only controls a small neighbourhood of the path, so the step in the path parameter must be short.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) singled out the cones that admit a self-scaled barrier: the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone, the cone of positive semidefinite matrices and their products. For these cones the barrier satisfies global, long-range inequalities that general self-concordant barriers do not. Section 9 of the paper uses them to sharpen the classical primal path-following method: Newton's method converges quadratically on the whole region where the proximity measure is below 111 (extending Roos and Vial, 1992), and a predictor-corrector scheme takes a tangent step whose length adapts to the geometry of the cone at the current point.

Setting

Let E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn with its Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩; the dual space E∗E^*E∗ is identified with EEE. Let K⊂EK\subset EK⊂E be a proper cone: closed, convex, containing no line, with nonempty interior int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK. A function F:int⁡K→RF:\operatorname{int}K\to\mathbb RF:intK→R is a ν\nuν-self-scaled barrier for KKK if it is a ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier (F(tx)=F(x)−νln⁡tF(tx)=F(x)-\nu\ln tF(tx)=F(x)−νlnt) and, for all w,x∈int⁡Kw,x\in\operatorname{int}Kw,x∈intK, F′′(w)x∈int⁡K∗F''(w)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(w)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−νF_*(F''(w)x)=F(x)-2F(w)-\nuF∗​(F′′(w)x)=F(x)−2F(w)−ν, where F∗F_*F∗​ is the conjugate barrier (Definition 2.1). Then ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1.

At a point x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK the paper uses three measures of a vector p∈Ep\in Ep∈E:

  • the local norm ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2, and for q∈E∗q\in E^*q∈E∗ the dual norm ∥q∥x∗=⟨q,[F′′(x)]−1q⟩1/2\|q\|^*_x=\langle q,[F''(x)]^{-1}q\rangle^{1/2}∥q∥x∗​=⟨q,[F′′(x)]−1q⟩1/2;
  • σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K}\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\}σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K}, the reciprocal of the largest step from xxx along −p-p−p that stays in KKK;
  • the uniform norm ∣p∣x=max⁡{σx(p),σx(−p)}|p|_x=\max\{\sigma_x(p),\sigma_x(-p)\}∣p∣x​=max{σx​(p),σx​(−p)}, which satisfies ∣p∣x≤∥p∥x|p|_x\le\|p\|_x∣p∣x​≤∥p∥x​.

The problem is min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle: Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K} with A:E→Y=RmA:E\to Y=\mathbb R^mA:E→Y=Rm surjective; S0(P)={x∈int⁡K:Ax=b}S^0(P)=\{x\in\operatorname{int}K:Ax=b\}S0(P)={x∈intK:Ax=b} is the set of strictly feasible points, and the dual problem is assumed strictly feasible. For w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK and u∈E∗u\in E^*u∈E∗ the system

Ap=0,A∗y+F′′(w)p=u(6.4)Ap=0,\qquad A^*y+F''(w)p=u \tag{6.4}Ap=0,A∗y+F′′(w)p=u(6.4)

defines the projection p=p(u)p=p(u)p=p(u) of uuu into ker⁡A\ker AkerA with respect to F′′(w)F''(w)F′′(w).

For τ>0\tau>0τ>0 the penalty function is ψ(τ,x)=τ⟨c,x⟩+F(x)\psi(\tau,x)=\tau\langle c,x\rangle+F(x)ψ(τ,x)=τ⟨c,x⟩+F(x); its minimizers x(τ)x(\tau)x(τ) over S0(P)S^0(P)S0(P) form the central path. The Newton direction p(τ,x)p(\tau,x)p(τ,x) is the projection of τc+F′(x)\tau c+F'(x)τc+F′(x) with respect to F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x), and the proximity measure is π(τ,x)=∥p(τ,x)∥x\pi(\tau,x)=\|p(\tau,x)\|_xπ(τ,x)=∥p(τ,x)∥x​. The tangent direction v(x)v(x)v(x) is the projection of ccc with respect to F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x).

One iteration of the path-following scheme (p. 39) from (τ,x)(\tau,x)(τ,x) with π(τ,x)≤1/4\pi(\tau,x)\le1/4π(τ,x)≤1/4 is:

Δτ=38∣v∣x∥v∥x,z=x−Δτ v,τ+=τ+Δτ,x+=z−p(τ+,z),v=v(x).\Delta\tau=\frac{3}{8\sqrt{|v|_x\|v\|_x}},\quad z=x-\Delta\tau\,v,\quad \tau_+=\tau+\Delta\tau,\quad x_+=z-p(\tau_+,z),\qquad v=v(x).Δτ=8∣v∣x​∥v∥x​​3​,z=x−Δτv,τ+​=τ+Δτ,x+​=z−p(τ+​,z),v=v(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.3

For one iteration of the scheme, with v≠0v\ne0v=0:

z∈int⁡K,x+∈S0(P),π(τ+,x+)≤14,z\in\operatorname{int}K,\qquad x_+\in S^0(P),\qquad \pi(\tau_+,x_+)\le\tfrac14,z∈intK,x+​∈S0(P),π(τ+​,x+​)≤41​, τ+ ≥ (1+38ν+2∥v∥x∣v∣x)τ ≥ (1+38ν+2)τ.\tau_+\ \ge\ \Bigl(1+\frac{3}{8\sqrt\nu+2}\sqrt{\frac{\|v\|_x}{|v|_x}}\Bigr)\tau\ \ge\ \Bigl(1+\frac{3}{8\sqrt\nu+2}\Bigr)\tau .τ+​ ≥ (1+8ν​+23​∣v∣x​∥v∥x​​​)τ ≥ (1+8ν​+23​)τ.

By induction from π(τ0,x0)≤1/4\pi(\tau_0,x_0)\le1/4π(τ0​,x0​)≤1/4, the condition (9.3) holds at every iterate and τk\tau_kτk​ grows geometrically.

Milestones

  • Corollary 3.1: for v,z∈int⁡Kv,z\in\operatorname{int}Kv,z∈intK there is w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′(v)=−F′′(w)zF'(v)=-F''(w)zF′(v)=−F′′(w)z, F′(z)=−F′′(w)vF'(z)=-F''(w)vF′(z)=−F′′(w)v, hence F′(v)−F′(z)=F′′(w)(v−z)F'(v)-F'(z)=F''(w)(v-z)F′(v)−F′(z)=F′′(w)(v−z).
  • Corollary 4.1 (iii): for such www (with F′(v)=−F′′(w)xF'(v)=-F''(w)xF′(v)=−F′′(w)x), σx(v)−1F′′(x)≤F′′(w)≤σv(x)F′′(x)\sigma_x(v)^{-1}F''(x)\le F''(w)\le\sigma_v(x)F''(x)σx​(v)−1F′′(x)≤F′′(w)≤σv​(x)F′′(x).
  • Theorem 4.3: ∥F′(v)−F′(x)−F′′(x)(v−x)∥v∗≤∣v−x∣x ∥v−x∥x\|F'(v)-F'(x)-F''(x)(v-x)\|^*_v\le|v-x|_x\,\|v-x\|_x∥F′(v)−F′(x)−F′′(x)(v−x)∥v∗​≤∣v−x∣x​∥v−x∥x​.
  • Proposition 6.2: ∥p(u)∥w2=⟨u,p(u)⟩\|p(u)\|_w^2=\langle u,p(u)\rangle∥p(u)∥w2​=⟨u,p(u)⟩.
  • Proposition 6.3: ∥p(u)∥w≤∥u−A∗y∥w∗\|p(u)\|_w\le\|u-A^*y\|^*_w∥p(u)∥w​≤∥u−A∗y∥w∗​ for all y∈Yy\in Yy∈Y, with equality only at a minimizer.
  • Theorem 9.2: if π(τ,x)<1\pi(\tau,x)<1π(τ,x)<1, the full Newton step x+=x−p(τ,x)x_+=x-p(\tau,x)x+​=x−p(τ,x) satisfies π(τ,x+)≤∣p∣x π(τ,x)≤π2(τ,x)\pi(\tau,x_+)\le|p|_x\,\pi(\tau,x)\le\pi^2(\tau,x)π(τ,x+​)≤∣p∣x​π(τ,x)≤π2(τ,x).

A companion item, Theorem 9.1, states the decrease of ψ(τ,⋅)\psi(\tau,\cdot)ψ(τ,⋅) along the damped Newton step α=1/(1+σx(p))\alpha=1/(1+\sigma_x(p))α=1/(1+σx​(p)).

Significance

Theorem 9.3 shows that the primal path-following method for self-scaled cones increases the penalty parameter by a factor at least 1+3/(8ν+2)1+3/(8\sqrt\nu+2)1+3/(8ν​+2) per iteration, which yields the O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound, and that the step can be much longer when the ratio ∥v∥x/∣v∣x\|v\|_x/|v|_x∥v∥x​/∣v∣x​ is large. The paper notes that this ratio is the maximal step α∗\alpha^*α∗ along the normalized tangent direction that keeps x±α∗vˉx\pm\alpha^*\bar vx±α∗vˉ in KKK, so the rule is a "large-step" rule in disguise. Theorem 9.2 removes the restriction of the general self-concordant theory, where quadratic convergence of Newton's method is only shown on a smaller neighbourhood, by allowing any point with π(τ,x)<1\pi(\tau,x)<1π(τ,x)<1.

The milestones are general tools for self-scaled barriers. Theorem 4.3 is a global second-order estimate for the gradient, with no restriction on the distance between the two points; Corollary 3.1 is an exact mean-value identity with a single interior intermediate point; Propositions 6.2 and 6.3 are the basic facts about the projections that every algorithm of the paper computes.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The platform has general self-concordant Newton estimates (the contraction λ+≤(λ/(1−λ))2\lambda_+\le(\lambda/(1-\lambda))^2λ+​≤(λ/(1−λ))2 and the damped Newton decrease λ−ln⁡(1+λ)\lambda-\ln(1+\lambda)λ−ln(1+λ)), which use different measures and do not involve σx\sigma_xσx​, ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ or the constraint Ax=bAx=bAx=b.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 9.2 is the standard self-concordance argument, which compares F′′F''F′′ at the new point with F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x) through the local norm ∥p∥x\|p\|_x∥p∥x​ alone. It gives π+≤π2/(1−π)2\pi_+\le\pi^2/(1-\pi)^2π+​≤π2/(1−π)2, which is weaker than the claimed bound and gives nothing near π=1\pi=1π=1. The sharper bound needs estimates that hold only for self-scaled barriers: a second-order remainder for the gradient measured at the new point and controlled by the uniform norm ∣⋅∣x|\cdot|_x∣⋅∣x​ (Theorem 4.3), which in turn requires the intermediate point of Corollary 3.1 and the two-sided Hessian comparison of Corollary 4.1 (iii). These fail for general self-concordant barriers, and they depend on the structure theory of §3 (Theorem 3.2 of the paper).

In Theorem 9.3 the predictor step is long in the local norm, so no estimate based on ∥v∥x\|v\|_x∥v∥x​ alone keeps the predictor point close enough to the central path for one corrector step to restore π≤1/4\pi\le1/4π≤1/4; the constant 3/83/83/8 in Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ is fixed by the page and leaves little slack.

Formalization scope

The development reuses the published setting of the 1998 Nesterov–Todd series: IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, hess, IsPrimalStrict, IsDualStrict, lnorm (∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​), dnorm (∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​), sigma and absn. Its conventions are:

  1. E∗E^*E∗ is identified with E=RnE=\mathbb R^nE=Rn through the Euclidean inner product.
  2. Positive definiteness of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK is part of the barrier definition.
  3. The conjugate is a real supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK.
  4. ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 is a hypothesis.

The paper stars dual norms; the 1998 modules do not, so dnorm F x is the paper's ∥⋅∥x∗\|\cdot\|^*_x∥⋅∥x∗​.

New definitions are the projection system (6.4) (IsProjection), the penalty ψ\psiψ, the Newton and tangent systems as predicates on their solutions, and the step size Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ. Solutions of linear systems are always data satisfying these predicates, never chosen by a function. Operator inequalities are written through quadratic forms.

Every theorem of §9 assumes (6.1)–(6.3) (AAA surjective, a strictly feasible dual point), which the paper states on p. 38. Theorems 9.2 and 9.3 are stated for one iteration and state explicitly that the new points are interior, which the scheme presupposes. Theorem 9.3 assumes v(x)≠0v(x)\ne0v(x)=0: when ccc lies in the range of A∗A^*A∗ the objective is constant on the feasible set and Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ is undefined. In Theorem 9.1 the middle bound of (9.1), which divides by σx(p)\sigma_x(p)σx​(p), is stated under σx(p)>0\sigma_x(p)>0σx​(p)>0, and the outer bound in all cases.

A formalization that leaves Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ as a free positive parameter, drops the corrector step, or treats π\piπ as any number at most 1/41/41/4 that is not tied to the Newton system at the new point would state a different, weaker or vacuous theorem. The goal fixes Δτ\Delta\tauΔτ by the formula of p. 39 and bounds ∥p∥x+\|p\|_{x_+}∥p∥x+​​ for every solution of the Newton system at (τ+,x+)(\tau_+,x_+)(τ+​,x+​).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, the structure results they rest on (existence of the scaling point, Theorem 3.2; the Hessian bounds of Theorem 4.1), and reusable lemmas on σx\sigma_xσx​ and the uniform norm, which also serve the other missions of this series.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1) (1997) 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2) (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • C. Roos and J.-Ph. Vial, A polynomial method of approximate centers for linear programming, Mathematical Programming 54 (1992) 295–305.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model 1: The Optimal Robust Assortment Is Revenue-Ordered, S*(V) = {i : rᵢ > Z*(V)}Research Paper

Motivation

Assortment optimization asks which subset of products a firm should offer when customers choose among the offered products, or leave without buying. It underlies shelf-space planning in retail, the choice of which fare classes to keep open in airline revenue management, and the selection of items shown on a web page. The multinomial logit (MNL) model is the standard choice model in this literature: when the model parameters are known, the optimal assortment is revenue-ordered, that is, it consists of the products with the highest revenues (Talluri and van Ryzin, 2004; Gallego et al., 2004; Liu and van Ryzin, 2008), so only nnn candidate assortments need to be compared instead of 2n2^n2n.

In practice the parameters of the choice model are estimated from limited data. Rusmevichientong and Topaloglu (Operations Research, 2012) take a robust view: the parameters are only known to lie in an uncertainty set, and the firm maximizes its worst-case expected revenue. Their main structural result is that the revenue-ordered structure survives this uncertainty, whatever the uncertainty set. This mission formalizes that result and the comparative statics the paper derives from it.

Setting

There are nnn products, A={1,…,n}\mathcal A = \{1, \dots, n\}A={1,…,n}, and product iii earns revenue rir_iri​. A customer's choice is governed by a parameter vector v=(v0,v1,…,vn)∈R++n+1v = (v_0, v_1, \dots, v_n) \in \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}v=(v0​,v1​,…,vn​)∈R++n+1​ (all components strictly positive): v0v_0v0​ is the weight of the no-purchase option and viv_ivi​ the preference weight of product iii. When the assortment S⊆AS \subseteq \mathcal AS⊆A is offered, the customer buys product i∈Si \in Si∈S with probability

ϕi(S,v)=viv0+∑ℓ∈Svℓ,\phi_i(S, v) = \frac{v_i}{v_0 + \sum_{\ell \in S} v_\ell},ϕi​(S,v)=v0​+∑ℓ∈S​vℓ​vi​​,

and buys nothing with the remaining probability. The expected revenue of SSS is

f(S,v)=∑i∈Sri ϕi(S,v)=∑i∈Sriviv0+∑i∈Svi.f(S, v) = \sum_{i\in S} r_i\,\phi_i(S, v) = \frac{\sum_{i\in S} r_i v_i}{v_0 + \sum_{i\in S} v_i}.f(S,v)=i∈S∑​ri​ϕi​(S,v)=v0​+∑i∈S​vi​∑i∈S​ri​vi​​.

The parameters are unknown and lie in an uncertainty set V⊆R++n+1\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊆R++n+1​, which is compact and nonempty. The Robust Logit problem maximizes the worst-case expected revenue:

Z∗(V)=max⁡S⊆A min⁡v∈Vf(S,v).Z^*(\mathcal V) = \max_{S \subseteq \mathcal A}\ \min_{v \in \mathcal V} f(S, v).Z∗(V)=S⊆Amax​ v∈Vmin​f(S,v).

Among the optimal assortments, S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is one with the smallest cardinality. For a single parameter vector vvv, write Sv∗=S∗({v})S^*_v = S^*(\{v\})Sv∗​=S∗({v}) and Zv∗=Z∗({v})Z^*_v = Z^*(\{v\})Zv∗​=Z∗({v}); this is the classical problem with known parameters. Finally, for δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0, Zδ∗(V)Z^*_\delta(\mathcal V)Zδ∗​(V) and Sδ∗(V)S^*_\delta(\mathcal V)Sδ∗​(V) are the same quantities when every revenue rir_iri​ is replaced by ri+δr_i + \deltari​+δ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (revenue-ordered assortments are robust)

S∗(V)={ i∈A:ri>Z∗(V) }.S^*(\mathcal V) = \{\, i \in \mathcal A : r_i > Z^*(\mathcal V) \,\}.S∗(V)={i∈A:ri​>Z∗(V)}.

Equivalently: an assortment is optimal with smallest cardinality if and only if it is the set of products whose revenue strictly exceeds the optimal worst-case revenue. When r1≥⋯≥rnr_1 \ge \dots \ge r_nr1​≥⋯≥rn​ this set is {1,…,i}\{1, \dots, i\}{1,…,i} for some iii.

Milestones

  1. The identity in the proof of Lemma 3.1 (p. 6): for i∉Ai \notin Ai∈/A, f(A∪{i},v)f(A\cup\{i\}, v)f(A∪{i},v) is the convex combination of rir_iri​ and f(A,v)f(A, v)f(A,v) with weights vi/(v0+vi+∑ℓ∈Avℓ)v_i/(v_0+v_i+\sum_{\ell\in A}v_\ell)vi​/(v0​+vi​+∑ℓ∈A​vℓ​) and (v0+∑ℓ∈Avℓ)/(v0+vi+∑ℓ∈Avℓ)(v_0+\sum_{\ell\in A}v_\ell)/(v_0+v_i+\sum_{\ell\in A}v_\ell)(v0​+∑ℓ∈A​vℓ​)/(v0​+vi​+∑ℓ∈A​vℓ​).
  2. Lemma 3.1 (p. 6): for i∉Ai \notin Ai∈/A, the statements ri>f(A,v)r_i > f(A,v)ri​>f(A,v), f(A∪{i},v)>f(A,v)f(A\cup\{i\},v) > f(A,v)f(A∪{i},v)>f(A,v) and ri>f(A∪{i},v)r_i > f(A\cup\{i\},v)ri​>f(A∪{i},v) are equivalent.
  3. Corollary 3.5 (p. 9): if V⊆V′\mathcal V \subseteq \mathcal V'V⊆V′, then Z∗(V′)≤Z∗(V)Z^*(\mathcal V') \le Z^*(\mathcal V)Z∗(V′)≤Z∗(V) and S∗(V)⊆S∗(V′)S^*(\mathcal V) \subseteq S^*(\mathcal V')S∗(V)⊆S∗(V′).
  4. Theorem 3.6 (p. 10): S∗(V)=⋃v∈VSv∗S^*(\mathcal V) = \bigcup_{v\in\mathcal V} S^*_vS∗(V)=⋃v∈V​Sv∗​.
  5. The sandwich in the proof of Theorem 3.7 (p. 11): Z∗(V)≤Zδ∗(V)≤δ+Z∗(V)Z^*(\mathcal V) \le Z^*_\delta(\mathcal V) \le \delta + Z^*(\mathcal V)Z∗(V)≤Zδ∗​(V)≤δ+Z∗(V) for δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0.
  6. Theorem 3.7 (p. 10): S∗(V)⊆Sδ∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V) \subseteq S^*_\delta(\mathcal V)S∗(V)⊆Sδ∗​(V) for δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0.

Milestones 3–6 are consequences of the goal on the same definitions.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 reduces the robust problem, a max–min over 2n2^n2n assortments and a possibly infinite parameter set, to at most n+1n+1n+1 revenue-ordered candidates, each requiring one worst-case evaluation min⁡v∈Vf(S,v)\min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S, v)minv∈V​f(S,v). Applied to a singleton V={v}\mathcal V = \{v\}V={v} it also reproves the classical revenue-ordered optimality under known MNL parameters, together with the exact tie-breaking description. Corollary 3.5 and Theorem 3.6 say that more uncertainty calls for a larger assortment, and that the robust assortment is the largest assortment optimal for some parameter in V\mathcal VV; Theorem 3.7 compares assortments when all revenues shift by a constant, which the paper uses in Section 4 to show that robust dynamic assortments grow with remaining capacity and over time.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me. The platform has ChoiceCDLP.MNL.top_ranked_optimal (from Liu and van Ryzin, 2008), a statement about top-ranked offer sets for known MNL weights, which is a different statement without uncertainty or tie-breaking. A formal development here gives a checked version of the robust structure theorem stated for arbitrary real revenues, the generality in which the dynamic part of the paper uses it.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the max–min. For known parameters, Lemma 3.1 immediately shows that a product should be added exactly when its revenue beats the current expected revenue; but under uncertainty the minimizing parameter vector changes with the assortment, so one cannot compare f(S,v)f(S, v)f(S,v) and f(S∪{i},v)f(S \cup \{i\}, v)f(S∪{i},v) at a single worst-case vvv. The argument has to establish a strict improvement uniformly over V\mathcal VV and then pass to the minimum, which is where compactness enters: a pointwise strict inequality survives the minimum only because it is attained. The tie-breaking rule is equally essential: a product with ri=Z∗(V)r_i = Z^*(\mathcal V)ri​=Z∗(V) can be added to an optimal assortment without changing its worst-case value, so without the smallest-cardinality rule the characterization is false.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin n, so Lean index iii stands for the paper's product i+1i+1i+1. A parameter vector is p : ℝ × (Fin n → ℝ) with p.1 =v0= v_0=v0​ and p.2 i the weight of product iii; IsPos p expresses v∈R++n+1v \in \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}v∈R++n+1​. The expected revenue f(S,v)f(S, v)f(S,v) is the published definition ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective. The worst case min⁡v∈Vf(S,v)\min_{v\in\mathcal V} f(S,v)minv∈V​f(S,v) is a real infimum (sInf), and Z∗(V)Z^*(\mathcal V)Z∗(V) is a maximum over all subsets of products. S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is encoded as the predicate IsSmallestOptimal V r S (optimal, and of cardinality at most that of every optimal assortment), not as a choice function, so every statement about S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) is asserted for every optimal assortment of smallest cardinality. Zδ∗Z^*_\deltaZδ∗​ and Sδ∗S^*_\deltaSδ∗​ are the same objects for the revenue vector r+δr + \deltar+δ, which is exact since ∑i∈S(ri+δ)ϕi(S,v)\sum_{i\in S}(r_i+\delta)\phi_i(S,v)∑i∈S​(ri​+δ)ϕi​(S,v) is f(S,v)f(S,v)f(S,v) at those revenues.

Standing assumptions and departures from the page:

  • Every theorem assumes V\mathcal VV compact, nonempty and contained in R++n+1\mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}R++n+1​, the standing assumption of Sec. 3 (p. 6). Theorem 3.2, Corollary 3.5 and Theorem 3.6 write "V⊂R++n\mathcal V \subset \mathbb R^n_{++}V⊂R++n​"; this is read as the compact V⊆R++n+1\mathcal V \subseteq \mathbb R^{n+1}_{++}V⊆R++n+1​ of p. 6, since the parameter vector has n+1n+1n+1 components and the proofs use compactness.
  • Revenues are arbitrary real numbers. The paper's ordering r1≥⋯≥rn>0r_1 \ge \dots \ge r_n > 0r1​≥⋯≥rn​>0 (p. 5, "without loss of generality") is used by none of the proofs, and Sec. 4 applies Theorem 3.2 to revenues that may be negative. This is a strengthening.
  • The goal is stated as an equivalence: an assortment is optimal of smallest cardinality iff it equals {i:ri>Z∗(V)}\{i : r_i > Z^*(\mathcal V)\}{i:ri​>Z∗(V)}. The backward direction asserts that the threshold set is optimal, so the statement cannot hold vacuously. Defining Z∗Z^*Z∗ as a maximum over revenue-ordered prefixes only, or defining S∗(V)S^*(\mathcal V)S∗(V) through the threshold, would make the goal true by definition; both are ruled out by the definitions above.

The infimum is meaningful only under the standing assumptions (on an empty set it is 000), which is why they appear as hypotheses of every statement. A complete development needs continuity of v↦f(S,v)v \mapsto f(S,v)v↦f(S,v) on positive vectors and attainment of minima on compact sets, both available in Mathlib, and finite maxima over Finset (Finset (Fin n)). The lemmas about fff (milestones 1–2) are reusable for any MNL model. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs of the goal, are welcome.

The source is the authors' manuscript of 20 Sep 2011 of the Operations Research 2012 article; its printed page numbers equal the PDF's page numbers, and all page citations refer to it.

Selected references

  • P. Rusmevichientong, H. Topaloglu, Robust Assortment Optimization in Revenue Management Under the Multinomial Logit Choice Model, Operations Research 60(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1063
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue Management Under a General Discrete Choice Model of Consumer Behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
  • Q. Liu, G. van Ryzin, On the Choice-Based Linear Programming Model for Network Revenue Management, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(2), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1070.0172
  • G. Gallego, G. Iyengar, R. Phillips, A. Dubey, Managing Flexible Products on a Network, CORC Technical Report TR-2004-01, Columbia University, 2004.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets 1: SAG with Step Size 1/(2nL) Converges Linearly at Rate (1 − μ/(8Ln))ᵏResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning and statistics minimize an average of nnn smooth losses, one per training example: regularized least squares, logistic regression, and other forms of empirical risk minimization. Two classical families of methods attack such finite sums. The full gradient method evaluates all nnn component gradients per iteration and converges linearly for strongly convex objectives, but each iteration costs nnn gradient evaluations. The stochastic gradient method evaluates a single component gradient per iteration, so its iterations are cheap, but it converges only sublinearly, at rate O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k), even under strong convexity.

Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach (arXiv:1202.6258, NIPS 2012) introduced the stochastic average gradient (SAG) method, which keeps a table of the most recently evaluated gradient of every component and moves along their average. It evaluates one component gradient per iteration, like the stochastic gradient method, and the paper proves that it nevertheless converges linearly in expectation. SAG was among the first of the variance-reduced incremental methods; SAGA (Defazio, Bach & Lacoste-Julien, 2014), SVRG (Johnson & Zhang, 2013) and their accelerated variants followed. Its predecessor, the incremental aggregated gradient method of Blatt, Hero & Gauchman (2007), selects the components cyclically and had a linear rate only for strongly convex quadratics, without an explicit constant.

This mission covers the paper's first main result, Proposition 1, which uses the step size 1/(2nL)1/(2nL)1/(2nL). The second result, Proposition 2, for the larger step size 1/(2nμ)1/(2n\mu)1/(2nμ), is a separate mission of this series.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rp→Rf_1,\dots,f_n:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rp→R and minimize

g(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x).g(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x).g(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x).

Each fif_ifi​ is convex and differentiable, and its gradient fi′f'_ifi′​ is Lipschitz continuous with constant L>0L>0L>0: ∥fi′(x)−fi′(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|f'_i(x)-f'_i(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for all x,yx,yx,y. The average ggg is strongly convex with constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0: the function x↦g(x)−μ2∥x∥2x\mapsto g(x)-\frac\mu2\|x\|^2x↦g(x)−2μ​∥x∥2 is convex. Then ggg has a unique minimizer x∗x^*x∗. The gradient variance at the optimum is σ2=1n∑i=1n∥fi′(x∗)∥2\sigma^2=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\|f'_i(x^*)\|^2σ2=n1​∑i=1n​∥fi′​(x∗)∥2.

The SAG iteration with step size α\alphaα maintains a state θk=(y1k,…,ynk,xk)\theta^k=(y^k_1,\dots,y^k_n,x^k)θk=(y1k​,…,ynk​,xk). Starting from x0x^0x0 and the zero table yi0=0y^0_i=0yi0​=0, for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 an index iki_kik​ is drawn uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}, independently of the past, and

yik={fi′(xk−1)i=ik,yik−1otherwise,xk=xk−1−αn∑i=1nyik.y^k_i=\begin{cases}f'_i(x^{k-1}) & i=i_k,\\ y^{k-1}_i & \text{otherwise,}\end{cases} \qquad x^k=x^{k-1}-\frac{\alpha}{n}\sum_{i=1}^n y^k_i .yik​={fi′​(xk−1)yik−1​​i=ik​,otherwise,​xk=xk−1−nα​i=1∑n​yik​.

The table is refreshed before the iterate moves, so xkx^kxk uses the new gradient. Expectations are over the indices i1,…,iki_1,\dots,i_ki1​,…,ik​ only; the data are fixed.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 5)

With the constant step size α=12nL\alpha=\frac1{2nL}α=2nL1​, for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

E[∥xk−x∗∥2]≤(1−μ8Ln)k[3∥x0−x∗∥2+9σ24L2].\mathbb E\big[\|x^k-x^*\|^2\big]\le\Big(1-\frac{\mu}{8Ln}\Big)^k\Big[3\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{9\sigma^2}{4L^2}\Big].E[∥xk−x∗∥2]≤(1−8Lnμ​)k[3∥x0−x∗∥2+4L29σ2​].

The constants are those printed in the paper.

Milestones (the steps of the proof in §A.5, pp. 16–23)

The proof tracks a quadratic Lyapunov function Q(θ)=(θ−θ∗)⊤P(θ−θ∗)Q(\theta)=(\theta-\theta^*)^\top P(\theta-\theta^*)Q(θ)=(θ−θ∗)⊤P(θ−θ∗) with θ∗=(f1′(x∗),…,fn′(x∗),x∗)\theta^*=(f'_1(x^*),\dots,f'_n(x^*),x^*)θ∗=(f1′​(x∗),…,fn′​(x∗),x∗) and an explicit block matrix PPP (p. 19). The milestones, in the order the proof uses them, are:

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 16): an exact formula for E[(θk−θ∗)⊤P(θk−θ∗)∣Fk−1]\mathbb E[(\theta^k-\theta^*)^\top P(\theta^k-\theta^*)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]E[(θk−θ∗)⊤P(θk−θ∗)∣Fk−1​] for an arbitrary block matrix PPP with symmetric diagonal blocks.
  2. Summed co-coercivity (p. 20): ∑i∥fi′(x)−fi′(x∗)∥2≤nL (g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗)\sum_i\|f'_i(x)-f'_i(x^*)\|^2\le nL\,(g'(x)-g'(x^*))^\top(x-x^*)∑i​∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(x∗)∥2≤nL(g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗).
  3. Completing the square (p. 21): s⊤Ms+s⊤t≤−14t⊤M−1ts^\top Ms+s^\top t\le-\frac14t^\top M^{-1}ts⊤Ms+s⊤t≤−41​t⊤M−1t for symmetric negative definite MMM.
  4. The one-step difference bound for 0≤δ≤13n0\le\delta\le\frac1{3n}0≤δ≤3n1​ and any α>0\alpha>0α>0 (p. 21).
  5. The one-step contraction E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1]≤(1−μ8nL)Q(θk−1)\mathbb E[Q(\theta^k)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]\le(1-\frac{\mu}{8nL})Q(\theta^{k-1})E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1​]≤(1−8nLμ​)Q(θk−1) at α=12nL\alpha=\frac1{2nL}α=2nL1​ (p. 22).
  6. EQ(θk)≤(1−μ8nL)kQ(θ0)\mathbb EQ(\theta^k)\le(1-\frac{\mu}{8nL})^kQ(\theta^0)EQ(θk)≤(1−8nLμ​)kQ(θ0) (p. 22).
  7. Q(θ)≥13∥x−x∗∥2Q(\theta)\ge\frac13\|x-x^*\|^2Q(θ)≥31​∥x−x∗∥2 (pp. 22–23).
  8. Q(θ0)=3σ24L2+∥x0−x∗∥2Q(\theta^0)=\frac{3\sigma^2}{4L^2}+\|x^0-x^*\|^2Q(θ0)=4L23σ2​+∥x0−x∗∥2 for y0=0y^0=0y0=0 (p. 23).

Significance

Proposition 1 gives a linear rate for a method whose per-iteration cost does not depend on nnn. Measured in passes through the data, its rate (1−μ8Ln)n≈e−μ/(8L)(1-\frac{\mu}{8Ln})^{n}\approx e^{-\mu/(8L)}(1−8Lnμ​)n≈e−μ/(8L) per pass is comparable to the full gradient method's, while each pass of SAG touches every component only once on average. The bound depends on the initial point only through ∥x0−x∗∥2\|x^0-x^*\|^2∥x0−x∗∥2 and on the data only through σ2\sigma^2σ2, which is zero when every component is minimized at x∗x^*x∗.

The result is proved in the paper and has been widely re-derived, but it has no machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. A formalization would be the first verified linear-rate theorem for SAG. Lemma 1 is an exact identity, valid for every quadratic Lyapunov function of the same block form, and is reused verbatim in the proof of Proposition 2. Milestones 2, 3 and 7 are general facts (co-coercivity, completing the square, a Schur-complement domination) that recur throughout the analysis of incremental methods.

Difficulty

The iterate xkx^kxk alone is not a Markov chain: its evolution depends on the stale gradients in the table, so neither ∥xk−x∗∥2\|x^k-x^*\|^2∥xk−x∗∥2 nor g(xk)−g(x∗)g(x^k)-g(x^*)g(xk)−g(x∗) decreases in expectation from one step to the next. The obvious first idea, bounding E[∥xk−x∗∥2∣Fk−1]\mathbb E[\|x^k-x^*\|^2\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]E[∥xk−x∗∥2∣Fk−1​] in terms of ∥xk−1−x∗∥2\|x^{k-1}-x^*\|^2∥xk−1−x∗∥2 as for the stochastic gradient method, fails because the cross terms between the table error yk−1−f′(x∗)y^{k-1}-f'(x^*)yk−1−f′(x∗) and the iterate error have no sign. The analysis must therefore control the table and the iterate jointly, through a function of the whole state θk\theta^kθk; the exact expected one-step change of a general quadratic form in θk\theta^kθk (Lemma 1) is the computation everything else rests on, and it requires careful bookkeeping of block matrices.

Formalization scope

Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) and the components are indexed by Fin n with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The components fif_ifi​ and their gradients fi′f'_ifi′​ are both given, tied by HasGradientAt; each fif_ifi​ is convex (§A.1, p. 13), which the proof's co-coercivity step needs; ggg and g′g'g′ are the published SAGA.Convex.fAvg and SAGA.Convex.gradAvg. Strong convexity is stated literally as on p. 5, as convexity of g−μ2∥⋅∥2g-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2g−2μ​∥⋅∥2. The point x∗x^*x∗ is any minimizer of ggg; uniqueness and g′(x∗)=0g'(x^*)=0g′(x∗)=0 are consequences. The restriction μ≤L\mu\le Lμ≤L used in the proof is not assumed, since it follows from the hypotheses when p≥1p\ge1p≥1.

The SAG state is a pair (table, iterate); SAG.SmallStep.step refreshes the table entry and then moves the iterate, and SAG.SmallStep.runFrom applies the steps for a given index sequence. The goal starts from the zero table and fixes the step size 12nL\frac1{2nL}2nL1​. The expectation is SAGA.Convex.expectIdx n k, the uniform average over all nkn^knk index sequences, which is exactly the law of kkk independent uniform indices; a conditional expectation given Fk−1\mathcal F_{k-1}Fk−1​ is the average over the next index from an arbitrary current state. Block matrices are families of p×pp\times pp×p blocks (continuous linear maps), and Lemma 1 makes explicit the symmetry of AAA and ccc and the identity ∑ifi′(x∗)=0\sum_if'_i(x^*)=0∑i​fi′​(x∗)=0 that its proof uses. The domination Q≥13∥x−x∗∥2Q\ge\frac13\|x-x^*\|^2Q≥31​∥x−x∗∥2 is stated for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1: the page's closing remark "for n≥2n\ge2n≥2" is stronger than its own computation needs.

The goal bounds the average over all index sequences; a bound for each fixed sequence would be false, and a bound for one sequence would be a different, weaker statement. Proposition 1 is not to be formalized with a free step size, an arbitrary initial table, or a variance quantity other than σ2\sigma^2σ2 at x∗x^*x∗: each of these changes the constant 9σ2/(4L2)9\sigma^2/(4L^2)9σ2/(4L2).

Needed infrastructure: algebra of finite sums of inner products over block families, the tower property for the uniform average over index sequences, co-coercivity of convex smooth functions (published on the platform as ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.eq_3_6), and strong-convexity monotonicity of the gradient. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome, as are alternative proofs of the goal that bypass the Lyapunov function.

Selected references

  • N. Le Roux, M. Schmidt, F. Bach, A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets, NIPS 2012; arXiv:1202.6258v4, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.6258
  • D. Blatt, A. O. Hero, H. Gauchman, A Convergent Incremental Gradient Method with a Constant Step Size, SIAM J. Optim. 18(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/040615961
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Defazio, F. Bach, S. Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method with Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, NIPS 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.0202
  • R. Johnson, T. Zhang, Accelerating Stochastic Gradient Descent using Predictive Variance Reduction, NIPS 2013. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4937
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets 2: For n ≥ 8L/μ, SAG with Step 1/(2nμ) after an SG Warm Start Converges at Rate (1 − 1/(8n))ᵏResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning are finite-sum problems: minimize the average of nnn loss functions, one per training example,

min⁡x∈Rp  g(x)=1n∑i=1nfi(x).\min_{x\in\mathbb R^p}\; g(x)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x).x∈Rpmin​g(x)=n1​i=1∑n​fi​(x).

Two classical methods sit at opposite ends. Full gradient (FG) descent evaluates all nnn gradients per iteration and converges linearly on strongly convex problems, at a cost proportional to nnn per step. Stochastic gradient (SG) descent evaluates one gradient per iteration, independent of nnn, but its error decreases only sublinearly, as O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k).

Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach (arXiv:1202.6258, NIPS 2012) introduced the stochastic average gradient (SAG) method, which keeps the one-gradient-per-iteration cost of SG and attains a linear rate, as FG does. SAG was the first method of this kind and started the line of variance-reduced methods (SVRG, SAGA, Katyusha) that are now standard for finite sums.

The paper has two convergence results. This mission formalizes the second one, Proposition 2: when the number of examples is at least 8L/μ8L/\mu8L/μ, SAG with the larger step size 12nμ\frac1{2n\mu}2nμ1​ reduces the expected suboptimality by a constant factor per pass through the data, independently of the conditioning of the problem. Proposition 1 (step size 12nL\frac1{2nL}2nL1​, any nnn) is the subject of a separate mission.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rp→Rf_1,\dots,f_n:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rp→R with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The standing assumptions (p. 5, §3, and p. 13, §A.1) are:

  1. each fif_ifi​ is convex and differentiable, with gradient fi′f_i'fi′​;
  2. each fi′f_i'fi′​ is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥fi′(x)−fi′(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|f_i'(x)-f_i'(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥;
  3. ggg is μ\muμ-strongly convex: x↦g(x)−μ2∥x∥2x\mapsto g(x)-\frac\mu2\|x\|^2x↦g(x)−2μ​∥x∥2 is convex, μ>0\mu>0μ>0;
  4. x∗x^*x∗ minimizes ggg.

Write g′=1n∑ifi′g'=\frac1n\sum_if_i'g′=n1​∑i​fi′​ and σ2=1n∑i∥fi′(x∗)∥2\sigma^2=\frac1n\sum_i\|f_i'(x^*)\|^2σ2=n1​∑i​∥fi′​(x∗)∥2, the variance of the gradients at the optimum.

SAG. The state is θ=(y,x)\theta=(y,x)θ=(y,x): a table y=(y1,…,yn)y=(y_1,\dots,y_n)y=(y1​,…,yn​) of stored gradients and an iterate xxx. At iteration kkk an index iki_kik​ is drawn uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}, independently of the past, and

yik={fi′(xk−1)i=ikyik−1otherwise,xk=xk−1−αn∑i=1nyik.y_i^k=\begin{cases}f_i'(x^{k-1})&i=i_k\\ y_i^{k-1}&\text{otherwise}\end{cases},\qquad x^k=x^{k-1}-\frac{\alpha}{n}\sum_{i=1}^n y_i^k .yik​={fi′​(xk−1)yik−1​​i=ik​otherwise​,xk=xk−1−nα​i=1∑n​yik​.

Warm start. Proposition 2 is about a specific run. The first nnn iterations are stochastic gradient steps x~j=x~j−1−γjfij′(x~j−1)\tilde x^j=\tilde x^{j-1}-\gamma_jf'_{i_j}(\tilde x^{j-1})x~j=x~j−1−γj​fij​′​(x~j−1) from x~0=x0\tilde x^0=x^0x~0=x0 with γj=1/(2L+μ2j)\gamma_j=1/(2L+\frac\mu2 j)γj​=1/(2L+2μ​j). SAG is then started from the average xn=1n∑j=0n−1x~jx^n=\frac1n\sum_{j=0}^{n-1}\tilde x^jxn=n1​∑j=0n−1​x~j, with all yiy_iyi​ set to 000 and step size α=12nμ\alpha=\frac1{2n\mu}α=2nμ1​.

Lyapunov function. For parameters α,η,ν\alpha,\eta,\nuα,η,ν and ui=yi−fi′(x∗)u_i=y_i-f_i'(x^*)ui​=yi​−fi′​(x∗), the proof uses

Q(θ)=2g(x+αn∑iyi)−2g(x∗)+ηαn∑i∥ui∥2+αn(1−2ν)∥∑iui∥2−2ν⟨∑iui,x−x∗⟩,Q(\theta)=2g\Big(x+\frac\alpha n\sum_iy_i\Big)-2g(x^*)+\frac{\eta\alpha}n\sum_i\|u_i\|^2+\frac\alpha n(1-2\nu)\Big\|\sum_iu_i\Big\|^2-2\nu\Big\langle\sum_iu_i,x-x^*\Big\rangle,Q(θ)=2g(x+nα​i∑​yi​)−2g(x∗)+nηα​i∑​∥ui​∥2+nα​(1−2ν)​i∑​ui​​2−2ν⟨i∑​ui​,x−x∗⟩,

at η=2\eta=2η=2, ν=12n\nu=\frac1{2n}ν=2n1​, α=12nμ\alpha=\frac1{2n\mu}α=2nμ1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 6)

If n≥8L/μn\ge 8L/\mun≥8L/μ, the warm-started run satisfies, for every k≥nk\ge nk≥n,

E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤C(1−18n)k,C=16L3n∥x0−x∗∥2+4σ23nμ(8log⁡(1+μn4L)+1).\mathbb E\big[g(x^k)-g(x^*)\big]\le C\Big(1-\frac1{8n}\Big)^k,\qquad C=\frac{16L}{3n}\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{4\sigma^2}{3n\mu}\Big(8\log\Big(1+\frac{\mu n}{4L}\Big)+1\Big).E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤C(1−8n1​)k,C=3n16L​∥x0−x∗∥2+3nμ4σ2​(8log(1+4Lμn​)+1).

The constant is the paper's own; the goal fixes it as printed.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. §A.3, p. 14. One SG step: δk≤δk−1−2γk(1−γkL)E[g′(x~k−1)⊤(x~k−1−x∗)]+2γk2σ2\delta_k\le\delta_{k-1}-2\gamma_k(1-\gamma_kL)\mathbb E[g'(\tilde x^{k-1})^\top(\tilde x^{k-1}-x^*)]+2\gamma_k^2\sigma^2δk​≤δk−1​−2γk​(1−γk​L)E[g′(x~k−1)⊤(x~k−1−x∗)]+2γk2​σ2, with δk=E∥x~k−x∗∥2\delta_k=\mathbb E\|\tilde x^k-x^*\|^2δk​=E∥x~k−x∗∥2.
  2. §A.3, p. 15. The averaged SG iterate: Eg(1k∑i<kx~i)−g(x∗)≤2Lk∥x0−x∗∥2+4σ2kμlog⁡(1+μk4L)\mathbb Eg(\frac1k\sum_{i<k}\tilde x^i)-g(x^*)\le\frac{2L}k\|x^0-x^*\|^2+\frac{4\sigma^2}{k\mu}\log(1+\frac{\mu k}{4L})Eg(k1​∑i<k​x~i)−g(x∗)≤k2L​∥x0−x∗∥2+kμ4σ2​log(1+4Lμk​).
  3. Lemma 1, p. 16. The exact conditional expectation of a block quadratic form after one SAG step.
  4. §A.6, p. 24. Summed co-coercivity: ∑i∥fi′(x)−fi′(x∗)∥2≤nL (g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗)\sum_i\|f_i'(x)-f_i'(x^*)\|^2\le nL\,(g'(x)-g'(x^*))^\top(x-x^*)∑i​∥fi′​(x)−fi′​(x∗)∥2≤nL(g′(x)−g′(x∗))⊤(x−x∗).
  5. §A.6, pp. 27–28. One-step contraction: E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1]≤(1−18n)Q(θk−1)\mathbb E[Q(\theta^k)\mid\mathcal F_{k-1}]\le(1-\frac1{8n})Q(\theta^{k-1})E[Q(θk)∣Fk−1​]≤(1−8n1​)Q(θk−1) when nμ/L≥8n\mu/L\ge8nμ/L≥8.
  6. §A.6, p. 28. EQ(θk)≤(1−18n)kQ(θ0)\mathbb EQ(\theta^k)\le(1-\frac1{8n})^kQ(\theta^0)EQ(θk)≤(1−8n1​)kQ(θ0), and Q(θ0)=2(g(x0)−g(x∗))+σ2nμQ(\theta^0)=2(g(x^0)-g(x^*))+\frac{\sigma^2}{n\mu}Q(θ0)=2(g(x0)−g(x∗))+nμσ2​ when y0=0y^0=0y0=0.
  7. §A.6, p. 29. Domination: Q(θ)≥6364(g(x)−g(x∗))Q(\theta)\ge\frac{63}{64}(g(x)-g(x^*))Q(θ)≥6463​(g(x)−g(x∗)) for every state.
  8. §A.6, p. 30. SAG from y0=0y^0=0y0=0 without warm start: E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤(1−18n)k[73(g(x0)−g(x∗))+7σ26nμ]\mathbb E[g(x^k)-g(x^*)]\le(1-\frac1{8n})^k[\frac73(g(x^0)-g(x^*))+\frac{7\sigma^2}{6n\mu}]E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤(1−8n1​)k[37​(g(x0)−g(x∗))+6nμ7σ2​].
  9. §A.6, p. 30. (1−18n)−n≤87(1-\frac1{8n})^{-n}\le\frac87(1−8n1​)−n≤78​.

Significance

The result. Proposition 2 gives a rate per pass through the data, (1−18n)n≤e−1/8(1-\frac1{8n})^n\le e^{-1/8}(1−8n1​)n≤e−1/8, that depends on neither μ\muμ nor LLL once n≥8L/μn\ge8L/\mun≥8L/μ. On p. 6 the paper compares it with the FG rate ((L−μ)/(L+μ))2((L-\mu)/(L+\mu))^2((L−μ)/(L+μ))2 and the accelerated FG rate 1−μ/L1-\sqrt{\mu/L}1−μ/L​. With n=100000n=100000n=100000, L=100L=100L=100, μ=0.01\mu=0.01μ=0.01, nnn SAG iterations contract by 0.88250.88250.8825 at the cost of one FG iteration, while FG contracts by 0.99960.99960.9996 and accelerated FG by 0.990.990.99. The SG warm start replaces a constant proportional to nnn by one of order log⁡n\log nlogn, so the bound also captures the O((log⁡n)/k)O((\log n)/k)O((logn)/k) behaviour of the early iterations.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is complete, and a machine-checked proof is new; no SAG statement exists on the platform. A formalization would check the paper's long appendix computation (pp. 23–29: a Lyapunov argument with completing the square on block vectors) and fix its slips: on p. 30 the proof writes E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤2EQ(θk)\mathbb E[g(x^k)-g(x^*)]\le2\mathbb EQ(\theta^k)E[g(xk)−g(x∗)]≤2EQ(θk), where its own Step 2 gives the factor 76\frac7667​, and the bracket that follows matches 76\frac7667​. Lemma 1 is shared with Proposition 1, and the SG bound of §A.3 is a standalone result (after Bach and Moulines, 2011).

Difficulty

The obvious approach does not work. SAG's update direction is a biased estimate of g′(xk−1)g'(x^{k-1})g′(xk−1): the stored gradients were computed at old iterates. So the usual SG argument, an unbiased step followed by a bound on E∥xk−x∗∥2\mathbb E\|x^k-x^*\|^2E∥xk−x∗∥2, breaks down. The proof instead tracks the joint state (y,x)(y,x)(y,x) through a Lyapunov function that couples the table and the iterate, and it needs a function-value term 2g(x+αne⊤y)2g(x+\frac\alpha ne^\top y)2g(x+nα​e⊤y) to handle the large step 12nμ\frac1{2n\mu}2nμ1​. The one-step bound (pp. 24–28) is an inequality between quadratic forms in (y−f′(x∗),x−x∗,g′(x))(y-f'(x^*),x-x^*,g'(x))(y−f′(x∗),x−x∗,g′(x)). It holds only after completing the square in the yyy block, and it closes only under nμ/L≥8n\mu/L\ge8nμ/L≥8; the margin there is small (104/15≈6.93≤8104/15\approx6.93\le8104/15≈6.93≤8). The domination step similarly minimizes over ∑iyi\sum_iy_i∑i​yi​.

Formalization scope

  • Carrier and indices. Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), and the components are indexed by Fin n. ggg and g′g'g′ are the published SAGA.Convex.fAvg and SAGA.Convex.gradAvg.
  • Assumptions. The standing assumptions are the structure SAG.LargeStep.Assumptions. Strong convexity is stated in the paper's form: g−μ2∥⋅∥2g-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2g−2μ​∥⋅∥2 is convex. Each fif_ifi​ is convex (§A.1), and gradients are tied to the functions by HasGradientAt.
  • Randomness. Indices are modelled as all sequences in Fin k → Fin n, weighted uniformly (SAGA.Convex.expectIdx), which is the law of kkk independent uniform draws. A conditional expectation given Fk−1\mathcal F_{k-1}Fk−1​ is the average over the nnn indices of one step from an arbitrary fixed state.
  • The run. hybrid draws k≥nk\ge nk≥n indices. The SG phase uses the first n−1n-1n−1, index nnn is drawn and unused, and SAG uses the last k−nk-nk−n, from (0,xn)(0,x^n)(0,xn) with α=12nμ\alpha=\frac1{2n\mu}α=2nμ1​. The SG step sizes are γj=1/(2L+μ2j)\gamma_j=1/(2L+\frac\mu2j)γj​=1/(2L+2μ​j).
  • Lyapunov function. QQQ is defined with α,η,ν\alpha,\eta,\nuα,η,ν as parameters and used at (12nμ,2,12n)(\frac1{2n\mu},2,\frac1{2n})(2nμ1​,2,2n1​).
  • Lemma 1 is stated for general blocks: AAA and ccc symmetric, and bj⊤b_j^\topbj⊤​ the adjoint.
  • Not a trivializing formalization. Proposition 2's constant CCC, with its logarithm and its 16L3n\frac{16L}{3n}3n16L​, holds only for the warm-started run. Stating it for SAG started at x0x^0x0 would be a different and unproved claim, so the goal is stated for hybrid. Every hypothesis is satisfiable: n=8n=8n=8, p=1p=1p=1, fi(x)=x2/2f_i(x)=x^2/2fi​(x)=x2/2, L=μ=1L=\mu=1L=μ=1, x∗=0x^*=0x∗=0.
  • Slips on the page. Milestones 2 and 8 state what the proof establishes; their natural-language statements explain the misprints.
  • Contributions welcome. Proofs of any milestone. The SG lemmas (milestones 1–2) and co-coercivity (milestone 4, also published as ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.eq_3_6) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • N. Le Roux, M. Schmidt, F. Bach, A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets, NIPS 2012; arXiv:1202.6258v4 (2013). https://arxiv.org/abs/1202.6258
  • F. Bach, E. Moulines, Non-asymptotic analysis of stochastic approximation algorithms for machine learning, NIPS 2011. https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2011 (NIPS 24 proceedings)
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Defazio, F. Bach, S. Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method with Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, NIPS 2014; arXiv:1407.0202. https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.0202
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 3: SGD with Full Averaging Suffers an Ω(log(T)/T) Rate on a Non-Smooth Strongly Convex ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard first-order method for stochastic convex optimization and for training linear predictors on large data sets: at each step it queries a noisy subgradient of the objective, takes a step against it and projects back onto the feasible set. When the objective is strongly convex, the classical online-learning analysis of SGD with step sizes ηt=Θ(1/t)\eta_t=\Theta(1/t)ηt​=Θ(1/t) bounds the expected suboptimality of the averaged iterate wˉT=1T(w1+⋯+wT)\bar w_T=\frac1T(w_1+\dots+w_T)wˉT​=T1​(w1​+⋯+wT​) by O(log⁡(T)/T)O(\log(T)/T)O(log(T)/T) (Hazan, Agarwal, Kale 2007). The information-theoretically optimal rate for this problem class is O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and it is attained by other algorithms (Hazan, Kale 2011; Juditsky, Nesterov 2010).

This left a concrete question: is the logarithmic factor an artifact of the analysis, or a property of SGD with averaging? Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647v7, ICML 2012) answer it by exhibiting strongly convex problems on which averaged SGD provably loses the logarithm. The same paper shows that for objectives that are smooth at the optimum the averaged iterate attains O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and that averaging only a suffix of the iterates restores O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) in general. This mission is the lower-bound half of that picture; the two upper bounds are sibling missions of the same series.

Setting

Points live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, d≥1d\ge1d≥1, with the Euclidean norm; for a point www, w1w_1w1​ denotes its first coordinate. A stochastic gradient oracle for an objective FFF returns, at a query point wtw_twt​, a random vector g^t\hat g_tg^​t​ whose mean is a subgradient of FFF at wtw_twt​. Projected SGD on a domain WWW with step sizes ηt=c/t\eta_t=c/tηt​=c/t, c>0c>0c>0, starts at a point w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηtg^t),t=1,2,…,w_{t+1}=\Pi_W\big(w_t-\eta_t\hat g_t\big),\qquad t=1,2,\dots,wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g^​t​),t=1,2,…,

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The output studied here is the average wˉT=1T(w1+⋯+wT)\bar w_T=\frac1T(w_1+\dots+w_T)wˉT​=T1​(w1​+⋯+wT​). Throughout, Z1,Z2,…Z_1,Z_2,\dotsZ1​,Z2​,… are independent random variables, each uniformly distributed on [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3].

Example A. W=[0,1]dW=[0,1]^dW=[0,1]d, F(w)=12∥w∥2+w1F(w)=\tfrac12\|w\|^2+w_1F(w)=21​∥w∥2+w1​, and the oracle returns g^t=wt+(Zt,0,…,0)\hat g_t=w_t+(Z_t,0,\dots,0)g^​t​=wt​+(Zt​,0,…,0). The global minimum over WWW is at w∗=0w^*=0w∗=0, a corner of the box.

Example B. W=[−1,1]dW=[-1,1]^dW=[−1,1]d and

F(w)=12∥w∥2+{w1w1≥0−7w1w1<0,g^t=wt+{(Zt,0,…,0)wt,1≥0(−7,0,…,0)wt,1<0.F(w)=\tfrac12\|w\|^2+\begin{cases}w_1&w_1\ge0\\-7w_1&w_1<0,\end{cases}\qquad \hat g_t=w_t+\begin{cases}(Z_t,0,\dots,0)&w_{t,1}\ge0\\(-7,0,\dots,0)&w_{t,1}<0.\end{cases}F(w)=21​∥w∥2+{w1​−7w1​​w1​≥0w1​<0,​g^​t​=wt​+{(Zt​,0,…,0)(−7,0,…,0)​wt,1​≥0wt,1​<0.​

Here FFF is 111-strongly convex and non-smooth along the hyperplane w1=0w_1=0w1​=0, and its minimizer w∗=0w^*=0w∗=0 lies in the interior of WWW. The oracle is state-dependent: which branch it uses depends on the sign of the first coordinate of the query point. In both examples E[g^t]\mathbb E[\hat g_t]E[g^​t​] is a subgradient of FFF at wtw_twt​ and E∥g^t∥2\mathbb E\|\hat g_t\|^2E∥g^​t​∥2 is bounded for fixed ddd.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 5)

In Example B, for every c>0c>0c>0, every starting point w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W with w1,1≥0w_{1,1}\ge0w1,1​≥0, T0=max⁡{2,6c+1}T_0=\max\{2,6c+1\}T0​=max{2,6c+1} and every integer T≥T0+2T\ge T_0+2T≥T0​+2,

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)] ≥ 3c16T∑t=T0+2T1t−T0T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \ge\ \frac{3c}{16T}\sum_{t=T_0+2}^{T}\frac1t-\frac{T_0}{T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)] ≥ 16T3c​t=T0​+2∑T​t1​−TT0​​.

For fixed ccc this is Ω(log⁡(T)/T)\Omega(\log(T)/T)Ω(log(T)/T). The goal is the paper's statement with its constants.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3 (p. 5). In Example A, for every c>0c>0c>0, every w1∈Ww_1\in Ww1​∈W, T0=max⁡{2,c/2}T_0=\max\{2,c/2\}T0​=max{2,c/2} and every integer T≥T0+1T\ge T_0+1T≥T0​+1,
E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)] ≥ c16T∑t=T0T−11t.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T)-F(w^*)\big]\ \ge\ \frac{c}{16T}\sum_{t=T_0}^{T-1}\frac1t.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)] ≥ 16Tc​t=T0​∑T−1​t1​.
  1. Eq. (9) (p. 16). The pathwise recursion of the first coordinate in Example B:
wt+1,1=Π[−1,1]((1−ct)wt,1−{Zt c/twt,1≥0−7c/twt,1<0).w_{t+1,1}=\Pi_{[-1,1]}\Big(\big(1-\tfrac ct\big)w_{t,1}-\begin{cases}Z_t\,c/t&w_{t,1}\ge0\\-7c/t&w_{t,1}<0\end{cases}\Big).wt+1,1​=Π[−1,1]​((1−tc​)wt,1​−{Zt​c/t−7c/t​wt,1​≥0wt,1​<0​).
  1. App. B.5, p. 17. In Example B, whenever c/t<1c/t<1c/t<1,
Pr⁡(wt,1∉[0,c/t] ∣ wt−1,1≥0) ≥ 34.\Pr\big(w_{t,1}\notin[0,c/t]\ \big|\ w_{t-1,1}\ge0\big)\ \ge\ \tfrac34 .Pr(wt,1​∈/[0,c/t] ​ wt−1,1​≥0) ≥ 43​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 shows that the O(log⁡(T)/T)O(\log(T)/T)O(log(T)/T) guarantee for SGD with full averaging is tight up to constants on strongly convex problems, even when the optimum is interior. It separates SGD with averaging from algorithms that reach O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), and it is the reason the paper introduces α\alphaα-suffix averaging. It also explains why smoothness at the optimum (the paper's §3) matters: Example B is non-smooth exactly at w∗w^*w∗.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but, as far as the platform's index shows, has no machine-checked proof. Formalization adds a verified lower bound with explicit constants. It also settles the paper's own argument. The printed proof of Theorem 4 relies on Lemma 4 (p. 16), whose first claim uses Zt≥−1Z_t\ge-1Zt​≥−1 where the recursion subtracts (c/t)Zt(c/t)Z_t(c/t)Zt​ with ZtZ_tZt​ up to 333, so Lemma 4 fails with positive probability. Theorem 4 is believed true, but a complete proof needs a repaired argument. Theorem 3's printed proof uses ηt≤1\eta_t\le1ηt​≤1 in step (8), while t≥T0t\ge T_0t≥T0​ only gives ηt≤2\eta_t\le2ηt​≤2. Numerical checks of Theorem 3 itself found no violation.

Difficulty

An expectation lower bound on the average needs control of every iterate wtw_twt​, not just of the last one, and the iterates form a non-linear Markov chain because of the projection and, in Example B, because of the state-dependent oracle. Upper-bound techniques do not transfer: they bound E∥wt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|w_t-w^*\|^2E∥wt​−w∗∥2 from above, which says nothing about the sign of wt,1w_{t,1}wt,1​. In Example B, the natural first idea is to argue that wt,1w_{t,1}wt,1​ never stays negative, so that it behaves like the constrained Example A; this is the claim of the paper's Lemma 4, and as stated it does not hold, because a single noise draw near 333 can push the first coordinate below the level the lemma asserts. A proof must handle that event with explicit constants and still produce the T0/TT_0/TT0​/T slack of the statement.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is UnderstandingML.Vec d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with [NeZero d]; the paper's first coordinate is index 0.
  • Projection. ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ onto the box [lo,hi]d[lo,hi]^d[lo,hi]d is coordinatewise clamping vi↦max⁡{lo,min⁡{hi,vi}}v_i\mapsto\max\{lo,\min\{hi,v_i\}\}vi​↦max{lo,min{hi,vi​}}, which is the Euclidean projection onto the box.
  • Indexing. sgdRun … k is the paper's wk+1w_{k+1}wk+1​; the step at index kkk uses ηk+1=c/(k+1)\eta_{k+1}=c/(k+1)ηk+1​=c/(k+1) and the noise value ZZZ at index kkk. The starting point is arbitrary (not 000), as in Theorems 3–4.
  • Noise. Each ZtZ_tZt​ has law ProbabilityTheory.cond volume (Set.Icc (-1) 3) (uniform on [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3]); a horizon-TTT sequence has the product law UnderstandingML.iidLaw. Expectations are Bochner integrals over it.
  • Constants and ranges. c>0c>0c>0 is the only condition on ccc. T0T_0T0​ is real; TTT is a natural number; ∑t=T0T−1\sum_{t=T_0}^{T-1}∑t=T0​T−1​ is over the integers ⌈T0⌉≤t≤T−1\lceil T_0\rceil\le t\le T-1⌈T0​⌉≤t≤T−1, and ∑t=T0+2T\sum_{t=T_0+2}^{T}∑t=T0​+2T​ over ⌈T0⌉+2≤t≤T\lceil T_0\rceil+2\le t\le T⌈T0​⌉+2≤t≤T. F(w∗)F(w^*)F(w∗) is written F(0)F(0)F(0).
  • No junk integrals. Theorems 3 and 4 also assert integrability of F(wˉT)−F(0)F(\bar w_T)-F(0)F(wˉT​)−F(0), so the inequality cannot hold because an integral defaulted to 000. The probability milestone is stated multiplicatively, Pr⁡(A∩B)≥34Pr⁡(B)\Pr(A\cap B)\ge\frac34\Pr(B)Pr(A∩B)≥43​Pr(B), rather than through ProbabilityTheory.cond, which would be the zero measure on a null conditioning event.
  • Not trivializable. The examples (the constant 777, the noise interval [−1,3][-1,3][−1,3], the boxes [0,1]d[0,1]^d[0,1]d, [−1,1]d[-1,1]^d[−1,1]d) are fixed by the paper; replacing the oracle or the domain is a different theorem. Since F(wˉT)≥F(0)F(\bar w_T)\ge F(0)F(wˉT​)≥F(0) always, Theorem 4 is immediate whenever its right-hand side is negative, but it is a non-trivial inequality for large TTT, and the statement quantifies over all T≥T0+2T\ge T_0+2T≥T0​+2.
  • Not posed. Lemma 4 (false as stated), step (8) of App. B.4, and Eq. (10) with the displays after it in App. B.5 (they depend on Lemma 4).
  • Infrastructure. Measurability of the SGD run in the noise sequence, independence of ZtZ_tZt​ from the past iterates under the product law, and probabilities of intervals under the uniform law are reusable for any analysis of SGD on explicit examples. Proofs of the milestones, a repaired proof of Lemma 4's role, and a complete proof of Theorem 4 are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647v7
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v19/hazan11a.html
  • A. Juditsky, Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for minimizing uniformly convex functions, 2010. https://hal.science/hal-00508933
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Self-Scaled Barriers and Interior-Point Methods for Convex Programming I: A Joint-Scaling Primal-Dual Long Step Lowers the Potential (ν + ρ) ln⟨s, x⟩ + F(x) + F∗(s) by at Least √3/2 − ln(1 + √3/2)Research Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods solve linear, second-order cone and semidefinite programs in polynomial time, and they are the engine of most conic optimization software. The general theory of Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994) covers any convex cone with a self-concordant barrier, but its methods are essentially primal and short-step: their analysis controls the barrier only inside a unit Dikin ellipsoid around the current point. Practical codes for linear programming, in contrast, use symmetric primal-dual methods that take long steps, a large fraction of the way to the boundary.

Nesterov and Todd (1997) isolated the class of cones and barriers for which the primal-dual long-step theory of linear programming carries over: self-scaled cones with self-scaled barriers. The class contains the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the cone of positive semidefinite matrices, and their products. This mission formalizes the paper's §8 result: a primal-dual potential-reduction method with joint scaling decreases a symmetric potential function by an absolute constant at every iteration, which yields an O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iteration bound.

Timeline. Todd and Ye (1990) introduced the symmetric primal-dual potential function for linear programming with a short-step method. Kojima, Mizuno and Yoshise (1991) gave a symmetric long-step primal-dual potential-reduction method for linear complementarity problems; their Lemma 2.5 is the linear-programming case of the key inequality posed here. Nesterov and Nemirovskii (1994, §4.5) extended Ye's non-symmetric method to general cones. Nesterov and Todd (1997) extended the method of Kojima et al. to self-scaled cones; the companion paper (1998) treats short-step and functional-proximity variants.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with dual E∗E^*E∗ and pairing ⟨s,x⟩\langle s,x\rangle⟨s,x⟩. Let K⊂EK\subset EK⊂E be a proper cone: closed, convex, with nonempty interior, and pointed (it contains no line). Its dual cone is K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}K^*=\{s:\langle s,x\rangle\ge0\ \forall x\in K\}K∗={s:⟨s,x⟩≥0 ∀x∈K}.

A ν\nuν-self-concordant logarithmically homogeneous barrier for KKK is a convex C3C^3C3 function FFF on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK that tends to +∞+\infty+∞ at the boundary, satisfies the self-concordance inequality ∣F′′′(x)[h,h,h]∣≤2⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩3/2|F'''(x)[h,h,h]|\le2\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle^{3/2}∣F′′′(x)[h,h,h]∣≤2⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩3/2, the bound ⟨F′(x),h⟩2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩\langle F'(x),h\rangle^2\le\nu\langle F''(x)h,h\rangle⟨F′(x),h⟩2≤ν⟨F′′(x)h,h⟩, and F(τx)=F(x)−νln⁡τF(\tau x)=F(x)-\nu\ln\tauF(τx)=F(x)−νlnτ for τ>0\tau>0τ>0. Its conjugate barrier is

F∗(s)=max⁡{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈int⁡K},s∈int⁡K∗.F_*(s)=\max\{-\langle s,x\rangle-F(x):x\in\operatorname{int}K\},\qquad s\in\operatorname{int}K^*.F∗​(s)=max{−⟨s,x⟩−F(x):x∈intK},s∈intK∗.

FFF is ν\nuν-self-scaled (Definition 2.1) if for all v,x∈int⁡Kv,x\in\operatorname{int}Kv,x∈intK, F′′(v)x∈int⁡K∗F''(v)x\in\operatorname{int}K^*F′′(v)x∈intK∗ and F∗(F′′(v)x)=F(x)−2F(v)−νF_*(F''(v)x)=F(x)-2F(v)-\nuF∗​(F′′(v)x)=F(x)−2F(v)−ν. For x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK, s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗ the scaling point is the w∈int⁡Kw\in\operatorname{int}Kw∈intK with F′′(w)x=sF''(w)x=sF′′(w)x=s.

The distance to the boundary is measured by

σx(p)=min⁡{β≥0:βx−p∈K},σs∗(q)=min⁡{β≥0:βs−q∈K∗},\sigma_x(p)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta x-p\in K\},\qquad\sigma^*_s(q)=\min\{\beta\ge0:\beta s-q\in K^*\},σx​(p)=min{β≥0:βx−p∈K},σs∗​(q)=min{β≥0:βs−q∈K∗},

so x−αp∈int⁡Kx-\alpha p\in\operatorname{int}Kx−αp∈intK for α∈[0,1/σx(p))\alpha\in[0,1/\sigma_x(p))α∈[0,1/σx​(p)); local norms are ∥p∥x=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2\|p\|_x=\langle F''(x)p,p\rangle^{1/2}∥p∥x​=⟨F′′(x)p,p⟩1/2.

The problem is the primal-dual pair min⁡{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}\min\{\langle c,x\rangle:Ax=b,\ x\in K\}min{⟨c,x⟩:Ax=b, x∈K}, max⁡{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗}\max\{\langle b,y\rangle:A^*y+s=c,\ s\in K^*\}max{⟨b,y⟩:A∗y+s=c, s∈K∗} with AAA surjective. For ρ≥ν\rho\ge\sqrt\nuρ≥ν​ the primal-dual potential is

ϕ(x,s)=(ν+ρ)ln⁡⟨s,x⟩+F(x)+F∗(s).\phi(x,s)=(\nu+\rho)\ln\langle s,x\rangle+F(x)+F_*(s).ϕ(x,s)=(ν+ρ)ln⟨s,x⟩+F(x)+F∗​(s).

One iteration from a strictly feasible (x,y,s)(x,y,s)(x,y,s): take the scaling point www and σ=σx(w)\sigma=\sigma_x(w)σ=σx​(w); solve

F′′(w)Δx+Δs=ν+ρ⟨s,x⟩s+F′(x),AΔx=0,A∗Δy+Δs=0;(8.1)F''(w)\Delta x+\Delta s=\tfrac{\nu+\rho}{\langle s,x\rangle}s+F'(x),\qquad A\Delta x=0,\qquad A^*\Delta y+\Delta s=0;\qquad(8.1)F′′(w)Δx+Δs=⟨s,x⟩ν+ρ​s+F′(x),AΔx=0,A∗Δy+Δs=0;(8.1)

put σˉ=max⁡{σx(Δx),σs∗(Δs)}\bar\sigma=\max\{\sigma_x(\Delta x),\sigma^*_s(\Delta s)\}σˉ=max{σx​(Δx),σs∗​(Δs)}, αˉ=1/(σ2+σˉ)\bar\alpha=1/(\sigma^2+\bar\sigma)αˉ=1/(σ2+σˉ), and accept any α\alphaα with ϕ(x−αΔx,s−αΔs)≤ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs)\phi(x-\alpha\Delta x,s-\alpha\Delta s)\le\phi(x-\bar\alpha\Delta x,s-\bar\alpha\Delta s)ϕ(x−αΔx,s−αΔs)≤ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2

ϕ(x−αˉΔx, s−αˉΔs)≤ϕ(x,s)−32+ln⁡(1+32),\phi(x-\bar\alpha\Delta x,\,s-\bar\alpha\Delta s)\le\phi(x,s)-\frac{\sqrt3}{2}+\ln\Big(1+\frac{\sqrt3}{2}\Big),ϕ(x−αˉΔx,s−αˉΔs)≤ϕ(x,s)−23​​+ln(1+23​​),

with x−αˉΔx∈int⁡Kx-\bar\alpha\Delta x\in\operatorname{int}Kx−αˉΔx∈intK and s−αˉΔs∈int⁡K∗s-\bar\alpha\Delta s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s−αˉΔs∈intK∗, and the same bound for every accepted step α\alphaα, whose iterate is again strictly feasible. The constant 3/2−ln⁡(1+3/2)≈0.243\sqrt3/2-\ln(1+\sqrt3/2)\approx0.2433​/2−ln(1+3​/2)≈0.243 is the paper's.

Milestones

In attack order: the structure of Hessians (Theorem 3.1), existence and uniqueness of scaling points (Theorem 3.2), convexity of −⟨F′(⋅),v⟩-\langle F'(\cdot),v\rangle−⟨F′(⋅),v⟩ (Lemma 3.1) and the third-derivative bounds (Corollary 3.2 (i)–(ii)); the long-step Hessian comparison (Theorem 4.1), its corollaries (Corollary 4.1 (i)–(ii)), the barrier estimate (4.8) (Theorem 4.2) and the scalar monotonicity facts (Proposition 4.1); separability along orthogonal boundary directions (Lemma 5.1, Theorem 5.1) and the key inequality

⟨F′(x),F∗′(s)⟩≥ν(ν−1)⟨s,x⟩+34σx2(w)(Theorem 5.2);\langle F'(x),F_*'(s)\rangle\ge\frac{\nu(\nu-1)}{\langle s,x\rangle}+\frac34\sigma_x^2(w)\qquad(\text{Theorem 5.2});⟨F′(x),F∗′​(s)⟩≥⟨s,x⟩ν(ν−1)​+43​σx2​(w)(Theorem 5.2);

and unique solvability of the projection system (Proposition 6.1).

Significance

A constant decrease of ϕ\phiϕ per iteration gives, through the bound of Nesterov–Nemirovskii (Theorem 8.1 of the paper), primal and dual solutions within ϵ\epsilonϵ of optimal in O(νln⁡(1/ϵ))O(\sqrt\nu\ln(1/\epsilon))O(ν​ln(1/ϵ)) iterations when ρ=γν\rho=\gamma\sqrt\nuρ=γν​, with step sizes that are long (a fixed fraction of the distance to the boundary) rather than confined to a Dikin ellipsoid. Theorems 4.1–4.2 and 5.2 are reused by the potential-reduction and path-following analyses of the same paper and by later work on symmetric cones.

The results are proved in the paper. They are not formalized anywhere known to us: Mathlib has no self-concordant barriers, and the platform has the definitions of self-scaled barriers (from the companion 1998 paper) but none of these theorems. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the paper's structure theory of self-scaled barriers (§§3–5) and of the per-iteration decrease of its primal-dual method.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt bounds the change of FFF and F∗F_*F∗​ along the step by self-concordance alone. Self-concordance controls F′′(x−αp)F''(x-\alpha p)F′′(x−αp) only for ∥αp∥x<1\|\alpha p\|_x<1∥αp∥x​<1, so it cannot certify a step of length αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ, which may be far outside the Dikin ellipsoid. The long-step analysis needs Theorem 4.1, which compares Hessians all the way to the boundary and holds for self-scaled barriers but fails for general self-concordant ones. The constant decrease then needs a lower bound on μ/σ\mu/\sigmaμ/σ, where μ\muμ is the scaled norm of the right-hand side of (8.1); that bound is Theorem 5.2, whose proof rests on the separability of FFF along orthogonal boundary directions (Theorem 5.1), a structural property with no analogue for general barriers.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. E=E∗=RnE=E^*=\mathbb R^nE=E∗=Rn and Y=Y∗=RmY=Y^*=\mathbb R^mY=Y∗=Rm (EuclideanSpace), identified through the inner product; A∗A^*A∗ is ContinuousLinearMap.adjoint A. F′′F''F′′ is hess F (derivative of gradient F), F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u, [F′′(v)]−1[F''(v)]^{-1}[F′′(v)]−1 is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse.
  • Published setting reused. IsProperCone, IsSelfScaledBarrier, conj, IsScalingPoint, IsPrimalStrict, IsDualStrict, sigma, lnorm (SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep), and ConvexOptimization.dualCone. The barrier definition includes nondegeneracy of F′′F''F′′ on int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK, which follows from the other axioms for a pointed cone. conj K F is a supremum over int⁡K\operatorname{int}KintK and is only evaluated at points of int⁡K∗\operatorname{int}K^*intK∗. σ\sigmaσ is an infimum, equal to the page's minimum at interior centres.
  • Standing binders. Every theorem except Proposition 4.1 assumes IsProperCone K, IsSelfScaledBarrier K F ν and ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1; the paper derives ν≥1\nu\ge1ν≥1 from pointedness.
  • Conventions. Operator inequalities are quadratic-form inequalities. Step ranges α∈[0,1/σx(p))\alpha\in[0,1/\sigma_x(p))α∈[0,1/σx​(p)) are encoded as 0≤α0\le\alpha0≤α, ασx(p)<1\alpha\sigma_x(p)<1ασx​(p)<1. Scaling points and search directions are data satisfying their equations; their existence is Theorem 3.2 and Proposition 6.1. "Monotonically" in Proposition 4.1 is read strictly.
  • Goal form. Theorem 8.2 is stated for one iteration from any strictly feasible pair. It asserts that the αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ-step is strictly interior and achieves the bound. Without that clause, a goal asserting the bound only for steps accepted by rule (c) would be vacuous whenever no step is accepted, since F∗F_*F∗​ and ln⁡\lnln take junk values off their domains.
  • New definitions (SelfScaledLongStep.PrimalDual.Defs): the projection system (6.4), the potential ϕ\phiϕ, the system (8.1), σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ and αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ. The projection system is shared, under the same name, with the other missions of this series.
  • Contributions welcome: calculus of self-concordant barriers on cones (C³ smoothness, logarithmic homogeneity identities, Legendre duality between FFF and F∗F_*F∗​), which is reusable for any interior-point formalization; proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22(1), 1997, 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. E. Nesterov and M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8(2), 1998, 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • Yu. Nesterov and A. Nemirovskii, Interior-Point Polynomial Algorithms in Convex Programming, SIAM, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970791
  • M. Kojima, S. Mizuno and A. Yoshise, An O(nL)O(\sqrt n L)O(n​L) iteration potential reduction algorithm for linear complementarity problems, Mathematical Programming 50, 1991, 331–342. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01594942
  • M. J. Todd and Y. Ye, A centered projective algorithm for linear programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(3), 1990, 508–529. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.3.508
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Inapproximability Results for MAX-CUT and Other 2-Variable CSPs? 2: Random-Hyperplane Rounding Approximates Balanced MAX-2SAT within β ≈ 0.943Research Paper

Motivation

MAX-2SAT asks for an assignment of Boolean variables that maximizes the total weight of satisfied clauses, each clause being a disjunction of two literals. It is one of the basic constraint satisfaction problems of approximation theory, and its approximability has been studied alongside MAX-CUT since semidefinite programming entered the field.

Khot, Kindler, Mossel and O'Donnell (SIAM J. Comput. 37(1), 2007) show that, assuming the Unique Games Conjecture, it is NP-hard to approximate MAX-2SAT within any factor greater than

β=min⁡π/2≤θ≤π2+(2/π)θ3−cos⁡θ≈0.943\beta = \min_{\pi/2 \le \theta \le \pi} \frac{2 + (2/\pi)\theta}{3 - \cos\theta} \approx 0.943β=π/2≤θ≤πmin​3−cosθ2+(2/π)θ​≈0.943

(their Theorem 3), and that their reduction produces balanced instances, in which every variable carries as much weight positively as negatively. Their Theorem 4 shows that for this balanced restriction the bound is tight: a Goemans–Williamson style semidefinite relaxation followed by random-hyperplane rounding approximates Balanced-MAX-2SAT within any factor smaller than β\betaβ. This mission formalizes Theorem 4.

Timeline.

  • 1995: Goemans and Williamson give the 0.878 algorithm for MAX-CUT and a 0.878 algorithm for MAX-2SAT by semidefinite programming and random-hyperplane rounding (J. ACM 42(6)).
  • 2007: Khot, Kindler, Mossel and O'Donnell prove UGC-hardness at β\betaβ for MAX-2SAT, and show β\betaβ is achievable for balanced instances (Theorem 4).
  • 2007: Austrin shows that, under the Unique Games Conjecture, general MAX-2SAT is hard to approximate beyond about 0.9401, strictly below β\betaβ, so balanced instances are not the hardest ones (STOC 2007); for the balanced version β\betaβ remains the threshold.

Setting

Treat the bit TRUE as −1-1−1 and FALSE as 111 (the paper's §7.2 convention). An assignment of the variables x0,…,xn−1x_0,\dots,x_{n-1}x0​,…,xn−1​ is a point x∈{−1,1}nx \in \{-1,1\}^nx∈{−1,1}n. A literal is y=rixiy = r_i x_iy=ri​xi​ with a sign ri∈{−1,1}r_i \in \{-1,1\}ri​∈{−1,1} (ri=−1r_i = -1ri​=−1 for the negated variable ¬xi\neg x_i¬xi​); it is true when y=−1y = -1y=−1. A weighted MAX-2SAT instance is a finite list of clauses C=(y∨z)C = (y \vee z)C=(y∨z) with y=rixiy = r_ix_iy=ri​xi​, z=rjxjz = r_jx_jz=rj​xj​ (the two variables may coincide), with nonnegative weights wCw_CwC​. The satisfied weight of xxx is

sat(x)=∑CwC [ y=−1 or z=−1 ],OPT=max⁡x∈{−1,1}nsat(x).\mathrm{sat}(x) = \sum_C w_C\,[\,y = -1 \text{ or } z = -1\,], \qquad \mathrm{OPT} = \max_{x\in\{-1,1\}^n} \mathrm{sat}(x).sat(x)=C∑​wC​[y=−1 or z=−1],OPT=x∈{−1,1}nmax​sat(x).

An instance is balanced (Definition 12) if for each variable iii, the expected satisfied weight when xi=1x_i = 1xi​=1 and the other variables are uniform equals the expected satisfied weight when xi=−1x_i = -1xi​=−1 and the others are uniform.

The semidefinite relaxation replaces each xix_ixi​ by a unit vector vi∈Rdv_i \in \mathbb R^dvi​∈Rd and the balanced objective by

SDPobj(v)=∑C=(rixi∨rjxj)wC(34−14 (rivi)⋅(rjvj)),\mathrm{SDPobj}(v) = \sum_{C = (r_ix_i\vee r_jx_j)} w_C\Bigl(\tfrac34 - \tfrac14\,(r_iv_i)\cdot(r_jv_j)\Bigr),SDPobj(v)=C=(ri​xi​∨rj​xj​)∑​wC​(43​−41​(ri​vi​)⋅(rj​vj​)),

with optimal value SDP=sup⁡SDPobj(v)\mathrm{SDP} = \sup \mathrm{SDPobj}(v)SDP=supSDPobj(v) over unit-vector families in every dimension. Hyperplane rounding draws a standard Gaussian vector g∈Rdg \in \mathbb R^dg∈Rd and sets xi=sgn⁡(g⋅vi)x_i = \operatorname{sgn}(g\cdot v_i)xi​=sgn(g⋅vi​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 12), as the guarantee of the algorithm

For every balanced instance with nonnegative weights, every ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0, every unit-vector family vvv with SDPobj(v)≥SDP−ε\mathrm{SDPobj}(v) \ge \mathrm{SDP} - \varepsilonSDPobj(v)≥SDP−ε, and every standard Gaussian vector ggg,

E[sat(sgn⁡(g⋅vi))i]  ≥  β (OPT−ε),\mathbb E\bigl[\mathrm{sat}(\operatorname{sgn}(g\cdot v_i))_i\bigr] \;\ge\; \beta\,(\mathrm{OPT} - \varepsilon),E[sat(sgn(g⋅vi​))i​]≥β(OPT−ε),

with the satisfied weight integrable. The constant is Theorem 3's exact minimum β\betaβ, not its decimal rounding.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 4, pp. 21–22)

  1. Arithmetization: [ y∨z ]=34−14y−14z−14yz[\,y\vee z\,] = \tfrac34 - \tfrac14 y - \tfrac14 z - \tfrac14 yz[y∨z]=43​−41​y−41​z−41​yz on {−1,1}2\{-1,1\}^2{−1,1}2.
  2. Balanced   ⟺  \iff⟺ the linear terms cancel: sat(x)=∑CwC(34−14yz)\mathrm{sat}(x) = \sum_C w_C(\tfrac34 - \tfrac14 yz)sat(x)=∑C​wC​(43​−41​yz) for all xxx.
  3. Relaxation: OPT≤SDP\mathrm{OPT} \le \mathrm{SDP}OPT≤SDP for balanced instances.
  4. Hyperplane identity E[xixj]=1−2πarccos⁡(vi⋅vj)\mathbb E[x_ix_j] = 1 - \tfrac2\pi\arccos(v_i\cdot v_j)E[xi​xj​]=1−π2​arccos(vi​⋅vj​), already proved on the platform as Grothendieck's identity (in the equivalent form 2πarcsin⁡\tfrac2\pi\arcsinπ2​arcsin).
  5. Per-clause bound: 34−14(1−2πarccos⁡t)≥β(34−14t)\tfrac34 - \tfrac14(1 - \tfrac2\pi\arccos t) \ge \beta(\tfrac34 - \tfrac14 t)43​−41​(1−π2​arccost)≥β(43​−41​t) for all t∈[−1,1]t\in[-1,1]t∈[−1,1].

Significance

The result. Together with Theorem 3, Theorem 4 pins the approximability of Balanced-MAX-2SAT at exactly β\betaβ under the Unique Games Conjecture: the constant arising from the Majority Is Stablest analysis of the hardness reduction coincides with the constant of a semidefinite rounding algorithm. It also explains why the hardness reduction for MAX-2SAT cannot give more than β\betaβ without abandoning balanced instances.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. A formal proof produces a verified approximation guarantee for a randomized rounding scheme that holds for every near-optimal vector solution, and a reusable layer for weighted 2-CSPs on {−1,1}n\{-1,1\}^n{−1,1}n: arithmetization, balancedness, the vector relaxation and its rounding. The hyperplane identity is already available on the platform, so the remaining work is combinatorial and analytic rather than probabilistic.

Difficulty

The naive approach, rounding the full arithmetized objective 34−14y−14z−14yz\tfrac34 - \tfrac14 y - \tfrac14 z - \tfrac14 yz43​−41​y−41​z−41​yz, fails: the relaxation of a linear term rixir_ix_iri​xi​ has no vector counterpart that random-hyperplane rounding treats correctly, and for unbalanced instances the achievable ratio is different. The whole argument rests on balancedness making the linear terms vanish identically, and the equivalence between Definition 12 (a statement about conditional expectations) and the cancellation of linear coefficients must be established with care, including clauses whose two literals involve the same variable.

The second difficulty is the constant. β\betaβ is defined as a minimum over θ∈[π/2,π]\theta\in[\pi/2,\pi]θ∈[π/2,π] only, while the per-clause comparison is needed for all inner products t∈[−1,1]t\in[-1,1]t∈[−1,1], that is for all θ∈[0,π]\theta\in[0,\pi]θ∈[0,π]. Showing that the ratio 2+(2/π)θ3−cos⁡θ\frac{2 + (2/\pi)\theta}{3-\cos\theta}3−cosθ2+(2/π)θ​ does not drop below β\betaβ on [0,π/2][0,\pi/2][0,π/2] is a genuine one-variable inequality, not a definitional unfolding. Finally, the expectation must be computed for a genuine Gaussian vector, with the sign convention at 000 handled almost surely.

Formalization scope

  • Assignments are Fin n → Bool read through pm true = -1, pm false = 1; a literal is (i, r) : Fin n × Bool with r = true for ¬xi\neg x_i¬xi​. The two literals of a clause may involve the same variable.
  • An instance is a structure with m clauses, a clause map, and real weights with a nonnegativity field (Definition 10's "nonnegative weight function").
  • Balancedness is Definition 12, stated as equality of the sums of satisfied weight over the two halves {xi=1}\{x_i = 1\}{xi​=1} and {xi=−1}\{x_i = -1\}{xi​=−1} of the cube; the common factor 2−(n−1)2^{-(n-1)}2−(n−1) is dropped.
  • OPT is a maximum over the 2n2^n2n assignments. SDP is a real supremum over unit-vector families Fin n → Fin d → ℝ in every dimension ddd; the set is nonempty and bounded above by the total weight.
  • beta is the infimum of the image of [π/2,π][\pi/2,\pi][π/2,π], i.e. Theorem 3's attained minimum. Defining it over [0,π][0,\pi][0,π] instead would make milestone 5 definitional and is ruled out.
  • The Gaussian vector is the platform predicate IsStandardGaussianVector (measurable, independent coordinates of law N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) on an arbitrary probability space); the expectation is a Bochner integral and its integrability is part of the conclusion. The rounding outputs FALSE on the null event g⋅vi=0g\cdot v_i = 0g⋅vi​=0.
  • Not formalized: polynomial running time. The paper obtains an (SDP−ε)(\mathrm{SDP}-\varepsilon)(SDP−ε)-optimal solution in polynomial time by citing Goemans–Williamson; the goal quantifies over every such solution. "Within any factor smaller than β\betaβ" follows by taking ε\varepsilonε small, because OPT≥12∑CwC\mathrm{OPT} \ge \tfrac12\sum_C w_COPT≥21​∑C​wC​.
  • The goal cannot be met trivially: the vector family is universally quantified (not chosen inside the statement), the expectation is over a genuine Gaussian, and the instance ranges over all balanced weighted instances (a nontrivial balanced instance such as (x1∨x2)∧(¬x1∨¬x2)(x_1\vee x_2)\wedge(\neg x_1\vee\neg x_2)(x1​∨x2​)∧(¬x1​∨¬x2​) exists).

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones, a bridge from Real.sign (used by the platform's Grothendieck identity) to the {−1,1}\{-1,1\}{−1,1}-valued rounding, and the one-variable analysis behind the per-clause bound.

Selected references

  • S. Khot, G. Kindler, E. Mossel, R. O'Donnell, Optimal Inapproximability Results for MAX-CUT and Other 2-Variable CSPs?, SIAM J. Comput. 37(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539705447372
  • M. X. Goemans, D. P. Williamson, Improved approximation algorithms for maximum cut and satisfiability problems using semidefinite programming, J. ACM 42(6), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1145/227683.227684
  • P. Austrin, Balanced Max 2-Sat might not be the hardest, STOC 2007. https://doi.org/10.1145/1250790.1250818
  • R. Vershynin, High-Dimensional Probability, Cambridge University Press, 2018, Lemma 3.6.6 (Grothendieck's identity). https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108231596
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality of (s, S) Policies in Inventory Models with Markovian Demand II: In the Nonstationary Discounted Infinite-Horizon Problem, a State-Dependent (s, S) Policy Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Periodic-review inventory models with a fixed ordering cost are the setting in which the (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) policy is optimal: when the stock falls below a reorder point sss, order up to a level SSS, otherwise order nothing. Scarf (1960) proved this for independent demands over a finite horizon by introducing KKK-convexity, and Iglehart (1963) extended it to the discounted infinite horizon. In practice the demand distribution changes with an exogenous environment: the economy, the season, the stage of a product's life cycle. Song and Zipkin (Oper. Res. 41(2), 1993) modelled this environment as a Markov chain of demand states in continuous time with Poisson demand.

Sethi and Cheng (Oper. Res. 45(6), 1997) treat the discrete-time version with general demand densities, nonstationary costs and convex surplus costs of linear growth. The companion mission (I) covers their finite-horizon result, Theorem 4.1. This mission covers the nonstationary discounted infinite-horizon result, Theorem 6.2, together with the existence theory (Theorem 6.1, proved in the paper's Appendix) on which it rests.

Setting

Demand states form the finite set I={1,…,L}I = \{1,\dots,L\}I={1,…,L} and follow a Markov chain with transition matrix P=(pij)P = (p_{ij})P=(pij​). In period k=0,1,2,…k = 0,1,2,\dotsk=0,1,2,… the demand ξk≥0\xi_k \ge 0ξk​≥0 has the conditional density φi,k\varphi_{i,k}φi,k​ given ik=ii_k = iik​=i, with mean at most MMM. Orders are placed at the start of a period and delivered at once, and unmet demand is backlogged, so the surplus evolves by xk+1=xk+uk−ξkx_{k+1} = x_k + u_k - \xi_kxk+1​=xk​+uk​−ξk​ (2.4). Ordering u≥0u \ge 0u≥0 costs ck(i,u)=Kki δ(u)+ckiuc_k(i,u) = K^i_k\,\delta(u) + c^i_k uck​(i,u)=Kki​δ(u)+cki​u with Kki,cki≥0K^i_k, c^i_k \ge 0Kki​,cki​≥0 (2.1), where δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 for z>0z > 0z>0 and 000 otherwise. The surplus cost fk(i,⋅)f_k(i,\cdot)fk​(i,⋅) is convex and nonnegative, vanishes at 000, and satisfies fk(i,x)≤C(1+∣x∣)f_k(i,x) \le C(1+|x|)fk​(i,x)≤C(1+∣x∣) (2.2).

An admissible policy UUU chooses each order uk≥0u_k \ge 0uk​≥0 as a measurable function of the past demand states and demands. With a discount factor α\alphaα, the objective from period nnn, state iii and surplus xxx is

Jn(i,x;U)=∑k=n∞αk−n E[ck(ik,uk)+fk(ik,xk)],(6.1)J_n(i,x;U) = \sum_{k=n}^{\infty} \alpha^{k-n}\,E\big[c_k(i_k,u_k) + f_k(i_k,x_k)\big], \tag{6.1}Jn​(i,x;U)=k=n∑∞​αk−nE[ck​(ik​,uk​)+fk​(ik​,xk​)],(6.1)

and the value function is vn(i,x)=inf⁡UJn(i,x;U)v_n(i,x) = \inf_U J_n(i,x;U)vn​(i,x)=infU​Jn​(i,x;U). With Fn+1(b)(i,y)=∑jpij∫0∞b(j,y−z) φi,n(z) dzF_{n+1}(b)(i,y) = \sum_j p_{ij}\int_0^\infty b(j,y-z)\,\varphi_{i,n}(z)\,dzFn+1​(b)(i,y)=∑j​pij​∫0∞​b(j,y−z)φi,n​(z)dz (3.1), the dynamic programming equations are

vn(i,x)=fn(i,x)+inf⁡u≥0{cn(i,u)+αFn+1(vn+1)(i,x+u)},n=0,1,2,…(6.2)v_n(i,x) = f_n(i,x) + \inf_{u\ge0}\big\{c_n(i,u) + \alpha F_{n+1}(v_{n+1})(i,x+u)\big\}, \qquad n = 0,1,2,\dots \tag{6.2}vn​(i,x)=fn​(i,x)+u≥0inf​{cn​(i,u)+αFn+1​(vn+1​)(i,x+u)},n=0,1,2,…(6.2)

The truncations Jn,kJ_{n,k}Jn,k​ keep the first kkk periods of (6.1) (6.3), their values are vn,kv_{n,k}vn,k​ (6.4), and wn=Jn(⋅;0)w_n = J_n(\cdot;\mathbf 0)wn​=Jn​(⋅;0) is the cost of never ordering (6.6). The function classes are B0B_0B0​ (nonnegative pointwise limits of continuous functions), B1B_1B1​ (those of linear growth) and C1C_1C1​ (those also uniformly continuous in xxx). A function ggg is KKK-convex if K+g(z+y)≥g(y)+z (g(y)−g(y−b))/bK + g(z+y) \ge g(y) + z\,(g(y)-g(y-b))/bK+g(z+y)≥g(y)+z(g(y)−g(y−b))/b for all z≥0z \ge 0z≥0, b>0b > 0b>0 (4.3). Assumption (4.1) asks Kni≥∑jpijKn+1j≥0K^i_n \ge \sum_j p_{ij}K^j_{n+1} \ge 0Kni​≥∑j​pij​Kn+1j​≥0, and (4.2) asks cnix+Fn+1(fn+1)(i,x)→+∞c^i_n x + F_{n+1}(f_{n+1})(i,x) \to +\inftycni​x+Fn+1​(fn+1​)(i,x)→+∞ as x→∞x \to \inftyx→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2

Under (2.1), (2.2), (4.1), (4.2) and 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1, there are sni≤Snis^i_n \le S^i_nsni​≤Sni​ in [−∞,∞)[-\infty,\infty)[−∞,∞) such that

u^n(i,x)=(Sni−x) δ(sni−x)\hat u_n(i,x) = (S^i_n - x)\,\delta(s^i_n - x)u^n​(i,x)=(Sni​−x)δ(sni​−x)

attains the infimum in (6.2) at every (n,i,x)(n,i,x)(n,i,x), and its feedback policy, started at any period nnn and surplus xxx, has cost Jn(i,x;U^)=vn(i,x)J_n(i,x;\hat U) = v_n(i,x)Jn​(i,x;U^)=vn​(i,x): it is optimal among all history-dependent policies.

Milestones

  1. The order-nothing cost wnw_nwn​ is finite, lies in C1C_1C1​, and is the unique C1C_1C1​ solution of wn=fn+αFn+1(wn+1)w_n = f_n + \alpha F_{n+1}(w_{n+1})wn​=fn​+αFn+1​(wn+1​) (6.7).
  2. The truncated values solve the dynamic programming equations (6.5), vn,0=0v_{n,0} = 0vn,0​=0, vn,k∈C1v_{n,k} \in C_1vn,k​∈C1​, and under (4.2) the infimum in (6.4) is attained.
  3. Theorem 6.1, (6.8): 0=vn,0≤vn,1≤⋯≤vn,k≤wn0 = v_{n,0} \le v_{n,1} \le \cdots \le v_{n,k} \le w_n0=vn,0​≤vn,1​≤⋯≤vn,k​≤wn​.
  4. Appendix: ∣vn,k(i,x′)−vn,k(i,x)∣≤C∣x′−x∣/(1−α)|v_{n,k}(i,x') - v_{n,k}(i,x)| \le C|x'-x|/(1-\alpha)∣vn,k​(i,x′)−vn,k​(i,x)∣≤C∣x′−x∣/(1−α), and the same for vn=lim⁡kvn,kv_n = \lim_k v_{n,k}vn​=limk​vn,k​.
  5. Theorem 6.1, (6.9): vn,k↑vnv_{n,k} \uparrow v_nvn,k​↑vn​, a solution of (6.2) in B1B_1B1​.
  6. Theorem 6.1, (6.10): vn∈C1v_n \in C_1vn​∈C1​, a B0B_0B0​ minimizer U^\hat UU^ of (6.2) exists, and every such U^\hat UU^ is optimal: vn(i,x)=min⁡UJn(i,x;U)=Jn(i,x;U^)v_n(i,x) = \min_U J_n(i,x;U) = J_n(i,x;\hat U)vn​(i,x)=minU​Jn​(i,x;U)=Jn​(i,x;U^).
  7. Proof of Theorem 6.2: vn,k(i,⋅)v_{n,k}(i,\cdot)vn,k​(i,⋅) is KniK^i_nKni​-convex.
  8. Proof of Theorem 6.2: vn(i,⋅)v_n(i,\cdot)vn​(i,⋅) is KniK^i_nKni​-convex.

The structural lemma behind the step from KKK-convexity to the (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) form, Proposition 4.2 of the paper (an extension of Bertsekas' lemma to lower semicontinuous functions coercive only at +∞+\infty+∞, with possibly infinite sss, SSS), is posed in the companion finite-horizon mission and is not repeated here.

Significance

Theorem 6.2 says that the classical (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) structure survives two generalizations at once: demand driven by a Markov environment, and nonstationary data over an infinite horizon. The two levels may depend on the period and on the current demand state, so only 2L2L2L numbers per period describe an optimal policy, and with cyclic demand only LLL pairs are needed (Corollary 7.1 of the paper). Theorem 6.1 is a self-contained existence result for a positive-cost, unbounded-state dynamic program: value iteration from zero converges to the value function, which solves the optimality equation, and any measurable minimizer is optimal among history-dependent policies.

The results are proved in the paper, with the finite-horizon existence theory delegated to Beyer, Sethi and Taksar (1998). No machine-checked proof of any of them is known. The platform has KKK-convexity (BertsekasKConvex) and the (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) structure lemma of Bertsekas for continuous functions coercive at both ends; it has no discounted infinite-horizon (s,S)(s,S)(s,S) theorem with Markov-modulated demand. The related posed items SongZipkinFluct.FixedCost.theorem5e_theorem6 and theorem5ab concern the Song–Zipkin model (continuous time, Poisson demand, integer levels, stationary data), a different model.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is "the finite-horizon value functions are KKK-convex, so their limit is, and a minimizer of a KKK-convex optimality equation is (s,S)(s,S)(s,S)". Three steps of it fail as stated.

First, the limit of value iteration need not be the value function, nor solve (6.2), in a positive-cost problem with unbounded actions: exchanging lim⁡k\lim_klimk​ with inf⁡u\inf_uinfu​ requires the minimizers of the truncated problems to stay in a compact set uniformly in kkk, and that bound is where the coercivity assumption (4.2) enters. Second, optimality against history-dependent policies, not only Markov ones, requires a verification argument along histories of states and demands. Third, the functions zn(i,y)=cniy+αFn+1(vn+1)(i,y)z_n(i,y) = c^i_n y + \alpha F_{n+1}(v_{n+1})(i,y)zn​(i,y)=cni​y+αFn+1​(vn+1​)(i,y) may be unbounded below, in which case the reorder level is s=−∞s = -\inftys=−∞ and the order-up-to level does not exist; the goal allows this case.

Formalization scope

The Lean development (namespace SethiChengSS.Infinite) commits to the following.

  • Demand states are Fin L; periods are natural numbers with the paper's base 000.
  • Expectations are sums over state paths of Lebesgue integrals against the product weight ∏tpitit+1φit,t(ξt)\prod_t p_{i_t i_{t+1}}\varphi_{i_t,t}(\xi_t)∏t​pit​it+1​​φit​,t​(ξt​), valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. This builds in the conditional independence of ξk\xi_kξk​ and ik+1i_{k+1}ik+1​ given iki_kik​ that (3.1) uses.
  • A policy is a function of the state history and the past demands; admissible means nonnegative and measurable in the demands. The comparison class is never restricted to Markov policies.
  • JnJ_nJn​ (6.1) is the supremum over kkk of the truncations Jn,kJ_{n,k}Jn,k​ (6.3), which equals the series because all costs are nonnegative.
  • Fn+1F_{n+1}Fn+1​ uses the Bochner integral, which is 000 on non-integrable integrands; the C1C_1C1​ conclusions are what make it genuine.
  • The levels sss, SSS are extended reals with s≤Ss \le Ss≤S, S≠+∞S \ne +\inftyS=+∞, and SSS real whenever sss is (Remark 4.4).

Pins. The paper prints 0<α≤10 < \alpha \le 10<α≤1; the mission assumes 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1, since wnw_nwn​ is infinite at α=1\alpha = 1α=1 and the Appendix divides by 1−α1-\alpha1−α. Theorem 6.2 is printed without (4.1), which its proof uses through the induction of Section 4; (4.1) is assumed for every period. Theorem 6.1 is printed under (2.1)–(2.2) only, but attainment in (6.2) can fail without coercivity and the Appendix bound (A.3) divides by cnic^i_ncni​; (4.2) is added to (6.9), (6.10) and to the attainment clause of (6.5). "In class C1C_1C1​" for the sequence wnw_nwn​ is read with one growth constant for all periods. The boundary condition "vn+k,0=0v_{n+k,0} = 0vn+k,0​=0" of (6.5) is read as vn,0=0v_{n,0} = 0vn,0​=0, as the next sentence of the paper states.

The goal cannot be met by a degenerate encoding: the value function is the infimum over all admissible history-dependent policies (not the solution of (6.2) by definition), the demand data must be genuine probability densities with bounded mean, and the levels may not be S=+∞S = +\inftyS=+∞.

A complete development needs: monotone convergence for the path-measure costs, measurable selection of minimizers, the KKK-convexity closure properties (Proposition 4.1 of the paper; several are proved on the platform as BertsekasDP.kconvex_*), and Proposition 4.2. The model file and the infinite-horizon verification argument are reusable for other Markov-modulated inventory models. Contributions toward any milestone, or toward general lemmas on positive-cost dynamic programs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. P. Sethi and F. Cheng, Optimality of (s, S) policies in inventory models with Markovian demand, Operations Research 45(6), 931–939, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.6.931
  • J.-S. Song and P. Zipkin, Inventory control in a fluctuating demand environment, Operations Research 41(2), 351–370, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.2.351
  • H. Scarf, The optimality of (S, s) policies in the dynamic inventory problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) policies in the infinite horizon dynamic inventory problem, Management Science 9(2), 259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Stochastic Control, Academic Press, 1976.
  • A. Bensoussan, M. Crouhy and J.-M. Proth, Mathematical Theory of Production Planning, North-Holland, 1983.
  • D. Beyer, S. P. Sethi and M. Taksar, Inventory models with Markovian demands and cost functions of polynomial growth, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 98, 1998 (cited by Sethi and Cheng as forthcoming).
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal and Dual Linear Decision Rules in Stochastic and Robust Optimization 2: With Random Recourse, the SDP (3.14) Conservatively Approximates the Linear Decision Rule Problem, Exactly for l = 1Research Paper

Linear decision rules for stochastic programs with random recourse

In a one-stage stochastic program a decision maker observes a random outcome ξ\xiξ and then picks a decision x(ξ)x(\xi)x(ξ), subject to constraints that depend on ξ\xiξ, so as to minimize expected cost. The optimization variable is a whole function xxx, and computing the optimal value is #P-hard even for a uniform distribution on the unit cube (Dyer and Stougie, 2006, cited in the paper as [16, Theorem 3.2]). A standard tractable approximation, introduced for robust optimization by Ben-Tal, Goryashko, Guslitzer and Nemirovski (2004) and carried to stochastic programming by Shapiro–Nemirovski and Chen–Sim–Sun, restricts decisions to linear decision rules x(ξ)=Xξx(\xi)=X\xix(ξ)=Xξ. This restriction gives an upper bound on the optimal value.

Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou (2009/2011) study these approximations systematically. Their §3 treats the case where the constraint matrix itself depends on ξ\xiξ (random recourse). Linear decisions then produce constraints that are quadratic in ξ\xiξ, and the paper reformulates the resulting semi-infinite problem as a semidefinite program. This mission formalizes that reformulation, the primal half of the paper's Theorem 2.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability measure P\mathbb PP on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, with outcomes ξ\xiξ. The support Ξ\XiΞ of P\mathbb PP is the smallest closed set of probability one. It is assumed to have the form

Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)\Xi=\{\xi\in\mathbb R^k:\ e_1^\top\xi=1,\ \ \xi^\top W_\ell\xi\ge0,\ \ell=1,\dots,l\}\qquad(3.11)Ξ={ξ∈Rk: e1⊤​ξ=1,  ξ⊤Wℓ​ξ≥0, ℓ=1,…,l}(3.11)

for symmetric matrices W1,…,WlW_1,\dots,W_lW1​,…,Wl​, where e1e_1e1​ is the first standard basis vector. The first coordinate of every outcome is therefore 111, so linear functions of ξ\xiξ are affine functions of the remaining coordinates. Ξ\XiΞ is assumed nonempty and bounded, and its linear hull is assumed to be Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Let S\mathbb SS denote the symmetric k×kk\times kk×k matrices and M=E(ξξ⊤)M=\mathbb E(\xi\xi^\top)M=E(ξξ⊤) the second-moment matrix.

The data are C∈Rn×kC\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}C∈Rn×k (cost c(ξ)=Cξc(\xi)=C\xic(ξ)=Cξ), B∈Rm×kB\in\mathbb R^{m\times k}B∈Rm×k (right-hand side b(ξ)=Bξb(\xi)=B\xib(ξ)=Bξ, with rows bμ⊤b_\mu^\topbμ⊤​), and A1,…,Am∈Rk×nA_1,\dots,A_m\in\mathbb R^{k\times n}A1​,…,Am​∈Rk×n, where the μ\muμth row of the recourse matrix A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ) is ξ⊤Aμ\xi^\top A_\muξ⊤Aμ​. The stochastic program SP\mathcal{SP}SP minimizes E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ))\mathbb E(c(\xi)^\top x(\xi))E(c(ξ)⊤x(ξ)) over square-integrable xxx subject to A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ)A(\xi)x(\xi)\le b(\xi)A(ξ)x(ξ)≤b(ξ) almost surely. It is strictly feasible if some square-integrable xˉ,sˉ\bar x,\bar sxˉ,sˉ and some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 satisfy A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ)A(\xi)\bar x(\xi)+\bar s(\xi)=b(\xi)A(ξ)xˉ(ξ)+sˉ(ξ)=b(ξ) and sˉ(ξ)≥εe\bar s(\xi)\ge\varepsilon esˉ(ξ)≥εe almost surely.

With linear decisions XξX\xiXξ and quadratic slacks ξ⊤Sμξ\xi^\top S_\mu\xiξ⊤Sμ​ξ, Sμ∈SS_\mu\in\mathbb SSμ​∈S, one obtains the primal approximation

SPu:min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤AμXξ+ξ⊤Sμξ=bμ⊤ξ,  ξ⊤Sμξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,\mathcal{SP}^u:\quad \min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \xi^\top A_\mu X\xi+\xi^\top S_\mu\xi=b_\mu^\top\xi,\ \ \xi^\top S_\mu\xi\ge0\ \ \mathbb P\text{-a.s.},\ \mu=1,\dots,m,SPu:min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  ξ⊤Aμ​Xξ+ξ⊤Sμ​ξ=bμ⊤​ξ,  ξ⊤Sμ​ξ≥0  P-a.s., μ=1,…,m,

and the SDP (3.14)

min⁡ Tr⁡(MC⊤X)  s.t.  12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤)+Sμ=12(e1bμ⊤+bμe1⊤),  Sμ−∑ℓΛμℓWℓ⪰0,  Λ≥0.\min\ \operatorname{Tr}(MC^\top X)\ \ \text{s.t.}\ \ \tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top)+S_\mu=\tfrac12(e_1b_\mu^\top+b_\mu e_1^\top),\ \ S_\mu-\textstyle\sum_\ell\Lambda_{\mu\ell}W_\ell\succeq0,\ \ \Lambda\ge0 .min Tr(MC⊤X)  s.t.  21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​)+Sμ​=21​(e1​bμ⊤​+bμ​e1⊤​),  Sμ​−∑ℓ​Λμℓ​Wℓ​⪰0,  Λ≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2, primal half (p. 17)

Feas⁡(3.14) projects into Feas⁡SPu,val⁡SPu≤val⁡(3.14),\operatorname{Feas}(3.14)\ \text{projects into}\ \operatorname{Feas}\mathcal{SP}^u,\qquad \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u\le\operatorname{val}(3.14),Feas(3.14) projects into FeasSPu,valSPu≤val(3.14), l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ val⁡SPu=val⁡(3.14).l=1\ \text{and}\ \mathcal{SP}\ \text{strictly feasible}\ \Longrightarrow\ \operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}^u=\operatorname{val}(3.14).l=1 and SP strictly feasible ⟹ valSPu=val(3.14).

Milestones

  1. §3.2, (3.13), p. 12. The μ\muμth equality constraint of SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu holds almost surely if and only if Hμ:=12(AμX+X⊤Aμ⊤−e1bμ⊤−bμe1⊤)+Sμ=0H_\mu:=\tfrac12(A_\mu X+X^\top A_\mu^\top-e_1b_\mu^\top-b_\mu e_1^\top)+S_\mu=0Hμ​:=21​(Aμ​X+X⊤Aμ⊤​−e1​bμ⊤​−bμ​e1⊤​)+Sμ​=0.
  2. Lemma 1 (S-lemma), p. 12. If ξˉ⊤Wξˉ>0\bar\xi^\top W\bar\xi>0ξˉ​⊤Wξˉ​>0 for some ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, then [ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]  ⟺  ∃λ≥0: S⪰λW[\xi^\top W\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0]\iff\exists\lambda\ge0:\ S\succeq\lambda W[ξ⊤Wξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0]⟺∃λ≥0: S⪰λW. This is linked to the platform's proved S-procedure, of which it is the homogeneous case.
  3. Proposition 6, p. 12. For symmetric SSS: ∃λ≥0\exists\lambda\ge0∃λ≥0 with S−∑ℓλℓWℓ⪰0S-\sum_\ell\lambda_\ell W_\ell\succeq0S−∑ℓ​λℓ​Wℓ​⪰0 implies ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤Sξ≥0 almost surely, and the converse holds when l=1l=1l=1.

Significance

The theorem replaces a problem with infinitely many constraints, one per outcome, by a semidefinite program with O(mk2+ml)O(mk^2+ml)O(mk2+ml) variables. Its value is always an upper bound on SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu, and hence on SP\mathcal{SP}SP. When the support is a single ellipsoid in the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (l=1l=1l=1), the bound loses nothing beyond the restriction to linear decisions. For l>1l>1l>1 the gap is unavoidable in general: an exact tractable reformulation would decide copositivity, which is NP-hard (Remark 7). Random recourse arises whenever technology or yield coefficients are uncertain, for example in production planning and portfolio problems with uncertain returns.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization adds a precise statement of the hypotheses. Writing those hypotheses out showed that the unnumbered §3.2 step needs Ξ\XiΞ to have dimension k−1k-1k−1, which spanning alone does not give for nonconvex Ξ\XiΞ (see Formalization scope). The other half of Theorem 2, about the lower-bounding SDP (3.18), is false in this preprint and is not part of the mission.

Difficulty

The semi-infinite constraints hold only P\mathbb PP-almost surely. The first step is to pass from "almost surely" to "for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ", which uses that Ξ\XiΞ is exactly the support and that the constraint functions are continuous. A bound P(Ξ)=1\mathbb P(\Xi)=1P(Ξ)=1 alone is not enough. For the equality constraints, a quadratic form that vanishes on Ξ\XiΞ must vanish identically. This requires Ξ\XiΞ to be large enough, and the obvious argument from "Ξ\XiΞ spans Rk\mathbb R^kRk" fails when Ξ\XiΞ is a finite set. For the inequality constraints with l=1l=1l=1, the implication ξ⊤W1ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0\xi^\top W_1\xi\ge0\Rightarrow\xi^\top S\xi\ge0ξ⊤W1​ξ≥0⇒ξ⊤Sξ≥0 must be established on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk and not only on the slice e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1. Doing so needs boundedness of Ξ\XiΞ (no recession directions) and a strictly feasible point for the S-lemma. The S-lemma itself is a nonconvex duality statement. It is available on the platform.

Formalization scope

Outcomes live in Fin k → ℝ, with k≥1k\ge1k≥1 carried in the setting. Indices are 0-based: ξ1\xi_1ξ1​ is coordinate 0, and μ,ℓ\mu,\ellμ,ℓ range over Fin m, Fin l. "Ξ\XiΞ is the support of P\mathbb PP" is stated as: Ξ\XiΞ is closed, P(Ξc)=0\mathbb P(\Xi^{\mathrm c})=0P(Ξc)=0, and every ball centred in Ξ\XiΞ has positive measure. Mathlib has no Measure.support at this revision. The standing assumptions (probability measure, symmetric WℓW_\ellWℓ​, support, nonempty, bounded, spanning) form one predicate assumed by every theorem. Decision rules are Borel measurable square-integrable functions. Optimal values are infima in EReal, +∞+\infty+∞ for an empty feasible set and −∞-\infty−∞ for an unbounded one. "Equivalent" means equal optimal values. Each SμS_\muSμ​ is required symmetric in both problems; ⪰\succeq⪰ is positive semidefiniteness and Λ≥0\Lambda\ge0Λ≥0 is componentwise. Strict feasibility of SP\mathcal{SP}SP in §3 is the paper's condition (2.9) of §2 with AAA replaced by A(ξ)A(\xi)A(ξ). The paper uses the phrase without restating it.

Repairs and narrowings:

  • Only the clauses of Theorem 2 about (3.14) and SPu\mathcal{SP}^uSPu are stated. The clauses about (3.18) and SPl\mathcal{SP}^lSPl are false in this preprint: a strictly feasible instance with l=1l=1l=1 has val⁡(3.18)≈1.170>ln⁡3=val⁡SP\operatorname{val}(3.18)\approx1.170>\ln3=\operatorname{val}\mathcal{SP}val(3.18)≈1.170>ln3=valSP. Propositions 7–9 serve only that half and are not included. "Polynomial size, efficiently solvable" is informal and omitted.
  • The §3.2 milestone carries the extra hypothesis that Ξ\XiΞ contains a relatively open piece of the hyperplane e1⊤ξ=1e_1^\top\xi=1e1⊤​ξ=1 (the paper's "dimension k−1k-1k−1", p. 10). Without it the claim is false for l≥2l\ge2l≥2. For l=1l=1l=1 the hypothesis follows from the standing assumptions, so the goal is unaffected.
  • Strict feasibility is kept in the l=1l=1l=1 clause as printed, although the argument does not use it.

The goal cannot be trivialized through its definitions. Feasibility is quantified P\mathbb PP-almost surely for a measure whose support is Ξ\XiΞ, not over an empty or arbitrary set. Both optimal values are infima of the same real objective over the problems' own feasible sets. The standing assumptions are satisfiable, for instance by k=2k=2k=2, W1=diag⁡(1,−1)W_1=\operatorname{diag}(1,-1)W1​=diag(1,−1), and P\mathbb PP the uniform law on {1}×[−1,1]\{1\}\times[-1,1]{1}×[−1,1].

The definitions (support of a measure, L2\mathcal L^2L2 decision rules, the random-recourse data) are reusable for the other sections of the paper and for related work on decision rules. Proofs of any milestone, Lean lemmas on quadratic forms vanishing on open cones, and an almost-sure-to-support transfer lemma are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Optimization Online 2009/02/2218 (2009); Math. Program. 130 (2011) 177–209. https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/02/2218.pdf, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Goryashko, E. Guslitzer, A. Nemirovski, Adjustable robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Math. Program. 99 (2004) 351–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0454-y
  • S. Boyd, L. El Ghaoui, E. Feron, V. Balakrishnan, Linear Matrix Inequalities in System and Control Theory, SIAM Studies in Applied Mathematics 15, 1994 (the paper's source for Lemma 1). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611970777
  • S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004, Appendix B (the S-procedure as stated on the platform). https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007) 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • M. Dyer, L. Stougie, Computational complexity of stochastic programming problems, Math. Program. 106 (2006) 423–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-005-0597-0
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
Theoretical Computer Science·Captain: marwahaha

Additive hardness and unbounded configuration gaps in bin packingOpen Problem

Motivation

Configuration linear programs relax bin packing by allowing fractional combinations of feasible bins. The mission asks whether the integral optimum can stay within any universal additive constant of this relaxation. The source manuscript presents the surrounding research claim.

Setting

A bin-packing instance lists rational item sizes in (0,1]. Feasible bins have total load at most one. The formal development specifies both an individual-item configuration LP and a type-based configuration LP, plus binary encodings of instances, assignments and reductions.

Formalization target

For every natural c, construct I and B with 5B items of sizes strictly between 1/6 and 1 such that

LP⁡individual(I)=LP⁡type(I)=B,OPT⁡(I)>B+c.\operatorname{LP}_{individual}(I)=\operatorname{LP}_{type}(I)=B,\qquad\operatorname{OPT}(I)>B+c.LPindividual​(I)=LPtype​(I)=B,OPT(I)>B+c.

Also prove NP-hardness of every fixed additive packing gap, existence of a polynomial-time absolute-additive algorithm iff P=NP, and the specified exact algorithm consequences under P=NP.

The selected formal target is OAI.BinPackingGap.main_results.

Significance and status

The goal combines unbounded relaxation gaps with a complexity characterization of constant-additive approximation. Item sizes above 1/6 force every bin to hold at most five items. The published target is currently Open; the manuscript's argument and a checked Lean proof are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

A large LP gap does not by itself supply NP-hardness. The reduction must have the stated completeness and soundness while preserving the explicit encoding and item-size constraints.

Formalization scope

Reductions are finite-alphabet polynomial-time machines from every encoded NP language. The P=NP consequence includes exact optimal bin count, the canonical empty-instance answer and rejection of malformed or invalid input. All clauses of main_results are retained.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Additive hardness and unbounded configuration gaps in bin packing, preprint, 2026. Pinned manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Goal source.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Convex Risk Functions 3: A Distribution-Invariant Risk Function Is Consistent with the Increasing Convex Order Iff It Is Monotone and Risk AverseResearch Paper

Motivation

Risk-averse optimization replaces the expected cost E[X]\mathbb E[X]E[X] of a random outcome by a risk function ρ(X)\rho(X)ρ(X) that also penalizes dispersion: mean–deviation, mean–semideviation, conditional value-at-risk (CVaR) and their combinations are the standard examples in stochastic programming and portfolio selection. A decision maker who uses ρ\rhoρ should not prefer an outcome that every risk-averse expected-utility maximizer rejects. For costs, the order that expresses this agreement among risk-averse agents is the increasing convex order: X2X_2X2​ is worse than X1X_1X1​ if E[u(X2)]≥E[u(X1)]\mathbb E[u(X_2)]\ge\mathbb E[u(X_1)]E[u(X2​)]≥E[u(X1​)] for every increasing convex disutility uuu. It is the counterpart, for costs, of second-order stochastic dominance.

Whether a given mean–risk model is consistent with stochastic dominance was settled model by model: Ogryczak and Ruszczyński for mean–semideviation models (Eur. J. Oper. Res. 1999, Math. Program. 2001, SIAM J. Optim. 2002) and Pflug for CVaR (2000). Ruszczyński and Shapiro (Math. Oper. Res. 31, 2006) gave a single criterion, Theorem 5.1, which contains these results as special cases: among risk functions that depend only on the distribution of the outcome, consistency with the increasing convex order is equivalent to two structural properties, monotonicity and risk aversion.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and p∈[1,∞)p\in[1,\infty)p∈[1,∞). The space of outcomes is X=Lp(Ω,F,P)\mathcal X=\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)X=Lp​(Ω,F,P), the real random variables with E∣X∣p<∞\mathbb E|X|^p<\inftyE∣X∣p<∞. An outcome is a cost: smaller is better. A risk function is a map ρ:X→R\rho:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rρ:X→R.

  • The cdf of XXX is FX(t)=P(X≤t)F_X(t)=P(X\le t)FX​(t)=P(X≤t). ρ\rhoρ is distribution invariant (Definition 5.2) if FX1=FX2F_{X_1}=F_{X_2}FX1​​=FX2​​ implies ρ(X1)=ρ(X2)\rho(X_1)=\rho(X_2)ρ(X1​)=ρ(X2​).
  • ρ\rhoρ satisfies (A2) (monotonicity) if X≤YX\le YX≤Y almost surely implies ρ(X)≤ρ(Y)\rho(X)\le\rho(Y)ρ(X)≤ρ(Y).
  • ρ\rhoρ is risk averse (Definition 5.1) if for every σ\sigmaσ-algebra G⊂F\mathcal G\subset\mathcal FG⊂F and every X∈XX\in\mathcal XX∈X,
ρ(X) ≥ ρ(E[X∣G]),\rho(X)\ \ge\ \rho\big(\mathbb E[X\mid\mathcal G]\big),ρ(X) ≥ ρ(E[X∣G]),

for every version of the conditional expectation.

  • For random variables X1,X2X_1,X_2X1​,X2​, the usual stochastic order X2⪰stX1X_2\succeq_{\mathrm{st}}X_1X2​⪰st​X1​ holds if E[u(X2)]≥E[u(X1)]\mathbb E[u(X_2)]\ge\mathbb E[u(X_1)]E[u(X2​)]≥E[u(X1​)] for every nondecreasing u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R for which both expectations exist; the increasing convex order X2⪰icxX1X_2\succeq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_1X2​⪰icx​X1​ is the same with uuu ranging over the increasing convex functions.
  • ρ\rhoρ is consistent with an order ⪰\succeq⪰ if X2⪰X1X_2\succeq X_1X2​⪰X1​ implies ρ(X2)≥ρ(X1)\rho(X_2)\ge\rho(X_1)ρ(X2​)≥ρ(X1​) for all X1,X2∈XX_1,X_2\in\mathcal XX1​,X2​∈X.

The paper places one more standing assumption on §5.2: the space is rich enough to carry a uniform random variable, a measurable U:Ω→RU:\Omega\to\mathbb RU:Ω→R with P(U≤t)=tP(U\le t)=tP(U≤t)=t for all t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1].

In Lean these are IsUniformRV, cdfOf, cdfInv, DistInvariant, A2, RiskAverse, StLE, ConsistentSt and ConsistentIcx in the namespace ConvexRiskFn.Order; the increasing convex order is the published StochasticOrders.MonotoneConvex.IcxOrder P P X₁ X₂, read as X1⪯icxX2X_1\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_2X1​⪯icx​X2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 446)

Under the standing assumptions, for every distribution-invariant ρ:X→R\rho:\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rρ:X→R,

ρ consistent with ⪰icx⟺ρ satisfies (A2) and is risk averse.\rho\ \text{consistent with}\ \succeq_{\mathrm{icx}}\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \rho\ \text{satisfies (A2) and is risk averse}.ρ consistent with ⪰icx​⟺ρ satisfies (A2) and is risk averse.

No convexity, translation equivariance or positive homogeneity of ρ\rhoρ is assumed.

Milestones

  1. The usual stochastic order and the cdf (§5.2, p. 445): X2⪰stX1X_2\succeq_{\mathrm{st}}X_1X2​⪰st​X1​ iff FX2(t)≤FX1(t)F_{X_2}(t)\le F_{X_1}(t)FX2​​(t)≤FX1​​(t) for all ttt.
  2. The quantile coupling (proof of Lemma 5.1, p. 446): FX−1(U)F_X^{-1}(U)FX−1​(U) has the law of XXX, and FX2≤FX1F_{X_2}\le F_{X_1}FX2​​≤FX1​​ gives FX1−1(U)≤FX2−1(U)F_{X_1}^{-1}(U)\le F_{X_2}^{-1}(U)FX1​−1​(U)≤FX2​−1​(U) almost surely.
  3. Lemma 5.1 (p. 445): a distribution-invariant ρ\rhoρ is consistent with ⪰st\succeq_{\mathrm{st}}⪰st​ iff it satisfies (A2).
  4. Conditional expectation is icx-smaller (proof of Theorem 5.1, p. 446): E[X∣G]∈X\mathbb E[X\mid\mathcal G]\in\mathcal XE[X∣G]∈X and E[X∣G]⪯icxX\mathbb E[X\mid\mathcal G]\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}XE[X∣G]⪯icx​X.
  5. Strassen's coupling on Ω\OmegaΩ (proof of Theorem 5.1, p. 446): if X1⪯icxX2X_1\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_2X1​⪯icx​X2​, there are X^1∼DX1\widehat X_1\overset{D}{\sim}X_1X1​∼DX1​, X^2∼DX2\widehat X_2\overset{D}{\sim}X_2X2​∼DX2​ on the same Ω\OmegaΩ with X^1≤E[X^2∣X^1]\widehat X_1\le\mathbb E[\widehat X_2\mid\widehat X_1]X1​≤E[X2​∣X1​] a.s.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 reduces a property quantified over all pairs of ordered distributions to two properties that can be checked on the risk function directly. Monotonicity is usually immediate, and risk aversion follows for the main examples from the dual representation of the risk function (the paper verifies it for mean–semideviation and for CVaR-based models in §5.1). The theorem then yields at once the consistency of these models with the increasing convex order, which was previously proved case by case. It also explains the failures: a law-invariant risk function that violates (A2), such as mean–deviation for p>1p>1p>1 under the paper's condition (∗)(*)(∗), cannot be consistent with any increasing integral stochastic order.

The result has a complete published proof. What the mission adds is a machine-checked version of it on the paper's own space Lp(Ω,F,P)\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)Lp​(Ω,F,P), together with reusable pieces of stochastic-order theory: the cdf characterization of the usual stochastic order, the quantile coupling, conditional Jensen in increasing-convex form, and Strassen's martingale coupling realized on a given space carrying a uniform random variable. Mathlib has conditional Jensen for convex functions (ConvexOn.map_condExp_le_univ) but not the stochastic orders, the quantile coupling or Strassen's theorem. Strassen's theorem for laws on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, with a coupling on some probability space, is posed separately on Prove2Me but not proved.

Difficulty

The forward direction is short given milestone 4. The reverse direction is where the work is. Consistency compares ρ(X1)\rho(X_1)ρ(X1​) and ρ(X2)\rho(X_2)ρ(X2​) for random variables that are related only through their laws: X1⪯icxX2X_1\preceq_{\mathrm{icx}}X_2X1​⪯icx​X2​ says nothing about X1(ω)X_1(\omega)X1​(ω) versus X2(ω)X_2(\omega)X2​(ω), so neither (A2) nor risk aversion applies to the pair as given. The argument has to replace the pair by another pair, with the same laws, on the same space Ω\OmegaΩ, related by a conditional expectation; only then can monotonicity and risk aversion be chained. Producing that pair is Strassen's theorem, a nonconstructive existence result about martingale couplings, and it has to be realized on the given Ω\OmegaΩ, not on a product space built for the purpose, because ρ\rhoρ is defined only on Lp(Ω,F,P)\mathcal L_p(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)Lp​(Ω,F,P). That is the role of the uniform random variable, and transporting the coupling onto Ω\OmegaΩ through it is a separate measure-theoretic step. The first-order analogue, Lemma 5.1, needs the same kind of transfer, through quantile functions, whose values at 000 and 111 must be handled.

Formalization scope

  • Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ is encoded by functions Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R satisfying MemLp X p P with 1 ≤ p and p ≠ ⊤, not by almost-everywhere classes. ρ\rhoρ is a function (Ω → ℝ) → ℝ; every definition quantifies only over MemLp arguments, so its values elsewhere play no role. ρ\rhoρ is real valued, as in Definition 5.2.
  • The order in (A2) is the almost-sure order, the order of Lp\mathcal L_pLp​ (p. 434).
  • "For which the expectations exist" is integrability of u∘X1u\circ X_1u∘X1​ and u∘X2u\circ X_2u∘X2​, as in the published increasing convex order.
  • Risk aversion quantifies over every sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebra G⊆F\mathcal G\subseteq\mathcal FG⊆F and every G\mathcal GG-measurable version of Mathlib's conditional expectation P[X|m].
  • The uniform random variable and p∈[1,∞)p\in[1,\infty)p∈[1,∞) appear as hypotheses of the goal, of Lemma 5.1 and of milestone 5, exactly where the paper's standing assumptions of §5.2 apply. Milestones 1 and 4 do not need them.
  • The quantile F−1(t)=inf⁡{s:F(s)≥t}F^{-1}(t)=\inf\{s:F(s)\ge t\}F−1(t)=inf{s:F(s)≥t} is a real infimum, which is 000 where the paper's value is ±∞\pm\infty±∞ (t∉(0,1)t\notin(0,1)t∈/(0,1)); milestone 2 is therefore stated almost surely.
  • The goal mentions neither quantiles, nor UUU beyond its existence, nor any coupling. A statement that assumed convexity of ρ\rhoρ, dropped distribution invariance, restricted to bounded or pointwise-ordered outcomes, or replaced risk aversion by the single σ\sigmaσ-algebra {∅,Ω}\{\emptyset,\Omega\}{∅,Ω} would be a different and weaker theorem and does not count.

Needed infrastructure: equality in law from equality of cdfs, the quantile transform, conditional Jensen's inequality (in Mathlib) turned into the increasing convex order, and Strassen's theorem in dimension one with the transfer of a coupling to a space carrying a uniform random variable. The last two are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of supporting lemmas such as the cdf characterization of equality in law, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Ruszczyński, A. Shapiro, Optimization of convex risk functions, Mathematics of Operations Research 31(3):433–452, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1050.0186
  • A. Müller, D. Stoyan, Comparison Methods for Stochastic Models and Risks, Wiley, 2002 (Theorem 1.2.8, Corollary 1.5.21). https://www.wiley.com/en-us/Comparison+Methods+for+Stochastic+Models+and+Risks-p-9780471494461
  • V. Strassen, The existence of probability measures with given marginals, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(2):423–439, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700153
  • D. Blackwell, Equivalent comparisons of experiments, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(2):265–272, 1953. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729032
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean–risk models, SIAM Journal on Optimization 13(1):60–78, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • M. Shaked, J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Rank-Sparsity Incoherence for Matrix Decomposition: If μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆) < 1/6, ℓ1 + Nuclear-Norm Minimization Uniquely Recovers the Sparse and Low-Rank ComponentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many data matrices are, to a good approximation, the sum of a sparse matrix (few nonzero entries) and a low-rank matrix. In system identification the low-rank part models a system of small order and the sparse part a system with sparse impulse response; in statistics the same structure appears in latent-variable graphical models, where a sparse inverse covariance is corrupted by a low-rank effect of hidden variables; in signal and image processing it separates a slowly varying background from sparse outliers. Recovering the two components from their sum is NP-hard in general, so a convex relaxation is the natural tractable approach.

Chandrasekaran, Sanghavi, Parrilo and Willsky (arXiv:0906.2220, SIAM J. Optim. 21(2), 2011, doi:10.1137/090761793) introduced the convex program that minimizes a weighted sum of the entrywise ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm and the nuclear norm, and gave a deterministic condition under which it recovers both components exactly. The condition is an uncertainty principle between the support of the sparse matrix and the row and column spaces of the low-rank matrix. Their analysis was followed by probabilistic guarantees for the same program under random sparsity patterns (Candès, Li, Ma, Wright, Robust Principal Component Analysis?, J. ACM 2011, arXiv:0912.3599).

Setting

All matrices are real and square, n×nn\times nn×n. For a matrix MMM:

  • support⁡(M)={(i,j):Mij≠0}\operatorname{support}(M)=\{(i,j): M_{ij}\neq0\}support(M)={(i,j):Mij​=0}, ∥M∥1=∑i,j∣Mij∣\|M\|_1=\sum_{i,j}|M_{ij}|∥M∥1​=∑i,j​∣Mij​∣, and sign⁡(M)\operatorname{sign}(M)sign(M) is the matrix with entries +1,−1,0+1,-1,0+1,−1,0 according as Mij>0M_{ij}>0Mij​>0, <0<0<0, =0=0=0.
  • ∥M∥\|M\|∥M∥ is the spectral norm (largest singular value), ∥M∥∗\|M\|_*∥M∥∗​ the nuclear norm (sum of singular values), and ∥M∥∞=max⁡i,j∣Mij∣\|M\|_\infty=\max_{i,j}|M_{ij}|∥M∥∞​=maxi,j​∣Mij​∣.
  • The sparse tangent space is Ω(M)={N:support⁡(N)⊆support⁡(M)}\Omega(M)=\{N:\operatorname{support}(N)\subseteq\operatorname{support}(M)\}Ω(M)={N:support(N)⊆support(M)}, with orthogonal projections PΩ(M)P_{\Omega(M)}PΩ(M)​ and PΩ(M)c=I−PΩ(M)P_{\Omega(M)^c}=I-P_{\Omega(M)}PΩ(M)c​=I−PΩ(M)​.
  • If M=UΣVTM=U\Sigma V^{T}M=UΣVT is a compact singular value decomposition, U,V∈Rn×kU,V\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}U,V∈Rn×k with orthonormal columns and k=rank⁡Mk=\operatorname{rank}Mk=rankM, the low-rank tangent space is T(M)={UXT+YVT:X,Y∈Rn×k}T(M)=\{UX^{T}+YV^{T}: X,Y\in\mathbb R^{n\times k}\}T(M)={UXT+YVT:X,Y∈Rn×k}, with projection PT(M)(N)=PUN+NPV−PUNPVP_{T(M)}(N)=P_UN+NP_V-P_UNP_VPT(M)​(N)=PU​N+NPV​−PU​NPV​, PU=UUTP_U=UU^{T}PU​=UUT, PV=VVTP_V=VV^{T}PV​=VVT, and PT(M)⊥=I−PT(M)P_{T(M)^\perp}=I-P_{T(M)}PT(M)⊥​=I−PT(M)​.

The two rank-sparsity incoherence quantities are

ξ(M)=max⁡N∈T(M), ∥N∥≤1∥N∥∞,μ(M)=max⁡N∈Ω(M), ∥N∥∞≤1∥N∥.\xi(M)=\max_{N\in T(M),\ \|N\|\le1}\|N\|_\infty,\qquad \mu(M)=\max_{N\in\Omega(M),\ \|N\|_\infty\le1}\|N\|.ξ(M)=N∈T(M), ∥N∥≤1max​∥N∥∞​,μ(M)=N∈Ω(M), ∥N∥∞​≤1max​∥N∥.

Small ξ(M)\xi(M)ξ(M) says that the elements of T(M)T(M)T(M) are not concentrated on few entries; small μ(M)\mu(M)μ(M) says that the elements of Ω(M)\Omega(M)Ω(M) have diffuse spectra.

Given C=A⋆+B⋆C=A^\star+B^\starC=A⋆+B⋆ and a trade-off parameter γ\gammaγ, the decomposition program is

(A^,B^)=arg⁡min⁡A,B γ∥A∥1+∥B∥∗s.t. A+B=C.(1.3)(\hat A,\hat B)=\arg\min_{A,B}\ \gamma\|A\|_1+\|B\|_*\quad\text{s.t. } A+B=C. \tag{1.3}(A^,B^)=argA,Bmin​ γ∥A∥1​+∥B∥∗​s.t. A+B=C.(1.3)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

If

μ(A⋆) ξ(B⋆)<16,\mu(A^\star)\,\xi(B^\star)<\tfrac16,μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<61​,

then for every

γ∈(ξ(B⋆)1−4μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆), 1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)μ(A⋆))\gamma\in\left(\frac{\xi(B^\star)}{1-4\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)},\ \frac{1-3\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)}{\mu(A^\star)}\right)γ∈(1−4μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)ξ(B⋆)​, μ(A⋆)1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)​)

the pair (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) is the unique optimum of (1.3); moreover γ=3ξ(B⋆)/(2μ(A⋆))\gamma=\sqrt{3\xi(B^\star)/(2\mu(A^\star))}γ=3ξ(B⋆)/(2μ(A⋆))​ always lies in this interval (for A⋆,B⋆≠0A^\star,B^\star\neq0A⋆,B⋆=0).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<1⇒Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)<1\Rightarrow\Omega(A^\star)\cap T(B^\star)=\{0\}μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)<1⇒Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}.
  2. (4.3)–(4.5): optimality of (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) for (1.3) is equivalent to a common dual Q∈γ ∂∥A⋆∥1∩∂∥B⋆∥∗Q\in\gamma\,\partial\|A^\star\|_1\cap\partial\|B^\star\|_*Q∈γ∂∥A⋆∥1​∩∂∥B⋆∥∗​, and the two subdifferentials are characterized through PΩP_\OmegaPΩ​, PΩcP_{\Omega^c}PΩc​, PTP_TPT​, PT⊥P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​.
  3. Proposition 2: transversality Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0}\Omega(A^\star)\cap T(B^\star)=\{0\}Ω(A⋆)∩T(B⋆)={0} plus a dual QQQ with PT(Q)=UVTP_T(Q)=UV^{T}PT​(Q)=UVT, PΩ(Q)=γsign⁡(A⋆)P_\Omega(Q)=\gamma\operatorname{sign}(A^\star)PΩ​(Q)=γsign(A⋆), ∥PT⊥(Q)∥<1\|P_{T^\perp}(Q)\|<1∥PT⊥​(Q)∥<1, ∥PΩc(Q)∥∞<γ\|P_{\Omega^c}(Q)\|_\infty<\gamma∥PΩc​(Q)∥∞​<γ give unique recovery.
  4. Appendix B, proof of Theorem 2: the range (B.6) is nonempty; the unique candidate Q^∈Ω⊕T\hat Q\in\Omega\oplus TQ^​∈Ω⊕T; the bound ∥PT(M)∥≤2∥M∥\|P_T(M)\|\le2\|M\|∥PT​(M)∥≤2∥M∥; the error estimates (B.13)–(B.14); and the two strict certificate inequalities for Q^\hat QQ^​.

Significance

Theorem 2 is a deterministic exact-recovery guarantee: it involves no randomness, only the support of A⋆A^\starA⋆ and the row and column spaces of B⋆B^\starB⋆, and so it applies to any fixed instance for which μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ can be bounded. Combined with the paper's bounds of μ\muμ by the maximum number of nonzeros per row or column and of ξ\xiξ by the coherence of the singular vectors, it yields explicit sparsity-versus-incoherence trade-offs under which (1.3) succeeds. It is the starting point of the analysis of sparse-plus-low-rank decompositions in robust PCA, latent-variable graphical model selection and system identification.

The theorem is proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of it, of Propositions 1–2, or of the subdifferential characterizations (4.4)–(4.5) is known to exist. A formalization adds: a checked account of the edge cases the paper leaves implicit (a zero sparse or low-rank component, the open endpoints of the γ\gammaγ-interval), a reusable library of the two tangent spaces and their projections for the Prove2Me matrix-completion definitions, and the nuclear-norm subdifferential (Watson's theorem), which is used throughout low-rank recovery.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes down a dual certificate and checks four conditions; the work is in showing that one exists. The natural candidate Q^\hat QQ^​ is defined implicitly, as the unique element of Ω⊕T\Omega\oplus TΩ⊕T with prescribed projections onto Ω\OmegaΩ and TTT, and its existence is a linear-algebra fact about two transverse subspaces, not a formula. Bounding its components outside Ω\OmegaΩ and TTT requires coupled estimates in two different norms, the spectral norm and the entrywise maximum, related only through μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ. On the convex-analysis side, the "only if" direction of the nuclear-norm subdifferential characterization (4.5) is a genuine theorem about singular values, not a computation.

Formalization scope

Statements follow the arXiv v1 preprint (arXiv:0906.2220v1), with its numbering and page numbers. Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; the rectangular remark of §3 is not formalized. The nuclear norm, spectral norm, ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​, trace inner product, PTP_TPT​, PT⊥P_{T^\perp}PT⊥​, the SVD datum and UVTUV^{T}UVT are the published Prove2Me definitions matrix_completion_basic, matrix_completion_svd and matrix_completion_tangent. The SVD of B⋆B^\starB⋆ is an explicit argument: T(B⋆)T(B^\star)T(B⋆), UVTUV^{T}UVT and ξ(B⋆)\xi(B^\star)ξ(B⋆) are taken with respect to it, and every statement holds for every compact SVD. μ\muμ and ξ\xiξ are real suprema of bounded sets containing 000, hence maxima. Subgradients use the inequality f(x)≥f(x^)+⟨y,x−x^⟩f(x)\ge f(\hat x)+\langle y,x-\hat x\ranglef(x)≥f(x^)+⟨y,x−x^⟩; Q∈γ ∂fQ\in\gamma\,\partial fQ∈γ∂f means Q=γGQ=\gamma GQ=γG for a subgradient GGG.

"Unique optimum" is strict: every other feasible pair has strictly larger objective, so a statement only asserting that (A⋆,B⋆)(A^\star,B^\star)(A⋆,B⋆) minimizes the objective, or a definition of μ\muμ or ξ\xiξ that collapses to 000, does not count. The upper end of the γ\gammaγ-interval is stated as γ μ(A⋆)<1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆)\gamma\,\mu(A^\star)<1-3\mu(A^\star)\xi(B^\star)γμ(A⋆)<1−3μ(A⋆)ξ(B⋆), which is the paper's condition when μ(A⋆)>0\mu(A^\star)>0μ(A⋆)>0 and means "no upper bound" when A⋆=0A^\star=0A⋆=0; the "specifically" clause assumes A⋆≠0A^\star\neq0A⋆=0 and B⋆≠0B^\star\neq0B⋆=0 because it divides by μ(A⋆)\mu(A^\star)μ(A⋆) and needs ξ(B⋆)>0\xi(B^\star)>0ξ(B⋆)>0.

A complete development needs: the subdifferentials of the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and nuclear norms, the fixed-point and norm properties of PTP_TPT​ (in particular ∥PT(M)∥≤2∥M∥\|P_T(M)\|\le2\|M\|∥PT​(M)∥≤2∥M∥), and the direct-sum argument for Ω⊕T\Omega\oplus TΩ⊕T. The nuclear-norm subdifferential and the PTP_TPT​ bounds are reusable across all of low-rank matrix recovery. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas that shorten the Appendix B estimates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • V. Chandrasekaran, S. Sanghavi, P. A. Parrilo, A. S. Willsky, Rank-Sparsity Incoherence for Matrix Decomposition, arXiv:0906.2220v1, 2009; SIAM J. Optim. 21(2):572–596, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.2220, https://doi.org/10.1137/090761793
  • G. A. Watson, Characterization of the subdifferential of some matrix norms, Linear Algebra Appl. 170:33–45, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(92)90407-2
  • E. J. Candès, X. Li, Y. Ma, J. Wright, Robust Principal Component Analysis?, J. ACM 58(3), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0912.3599
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact Matrix Completion via Convex Optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9:717–772, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0805.4471
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations 3: The Infimal Convolution of π¹, π², π³ Bounds the Worst Case over the Intersected Families and Improves on EachResearch Paper

Motivation

Two-stage and multistage stochastic programs ask for decisions that react to uncertainty revealed over time. When the distribution of the uncertainty is known only partially, one optimizes against the worst distribution in a family F\mathbb FF consistent with what is known: a support set, a range for the mean, a covariance matrix, bounds on how fast the tails decay. Goh and Sim (Oper. Res. 58(4), 2010) show that once linear and deflected linear decision rules are imposed, the recourse costs of such models reduce to worst-case expectations of positive parts,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+),\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big),P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+),

of affine functions of a random vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​. These quantities are generally intractable, so the paper bounds them by optimization problems that are. Each kind of partial information gives its own bound, and in practice a modeller usually has several kinds at once. Theorem 4 of the paper, the target here, combines the separate bounds into a single one that uses all of the information.

Timeline: Scarf (1958) gave, for a newsvendor problem, the worst-case expected positive part of a scalar with known mean and variance. Chen, Sim and Sun (Oper. Res. 55(6), 2007) introduced the forward and backward deviations used here to describe tails of independent components. Chen and Sim (Oper. Res. 57(2), 2009) introduced the combination of bounds by infimal convolution that Theorem 4 restates in the present setting. Goh and Sim (2010) assemble the three kinds of information into one model and use the combined bound for their bideflected linear decision rules.

Setting

A distribution P\mathbb PP is a probability measure on RNE\mathbb R^{N_E}RNE​, the law of the uncertain vector ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​; its mean is ζ^=EP(ζ~)\hat\zeta=E_{\mathbb P}(\tilde\zeta)ζ^​=EP​(ζ~​). Fix data: sets V,V^⊆RNE\mathcal V,\hat{\mathcal V}\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_E}V,V^⊆RNE​, matrices F∈RN×NEF\in\mathbb R^{N\times N_E}F∈RN×NE​, Σ∈RN×N\Sigma\in\mathbb R^{N\times N}Σ∈RN×N, Fσ∈RNσ×NEF_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma\times N_E}Fσ​∈RNσ​×NE​, a vector gσ∈RNσg_\sigma\in\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}gσ​∈RNσ​, a set W^σ⊆RNσ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma\subseteq\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}W^σ​⊆RNσ​ and vectors σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 in RNσ\mathbb R^{N_\sigma}RNσ​. Three families encode three kinds of information:

  1. Mean and support: F1={P:ζ^∈V^, P(ζ~∈V)=1}\mathbb F_1=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ \mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1\}F1​={P:ζ^​∈V^, P(ζ~​∈V)=1}.
  2. Mean and covariance: F2={P:ζ^∈V^, EP(F(ζ~−ζ^)(ζ~−ζ^)′F′)=Σ}\mathbb F_2=\{\mathbb P:\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V},\ E_{\mathbb P}(F(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)(\tilde\zeta-\hat\zeta)'F')=\Sigma\}F2​={P:ζ^​∈V^, EP​(F(ζ~​−ζ^​)(ζ~​−ζ^​)′F′)=Σ}.
  3. Mean and directional deviations: F3\mathbb F_3F3​ is the set of P\mathbb PP with ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^ such that z~σ=Fσζ~+gσ\tilde z_\sigma=F_\sigma\tilde\zeta+g_\sigmaz~σ​=Fσ​ζ~​+gσ​ has independent components whose forward and backward deviations
σfP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j),σbP(z~σ,j)=sup⁡θ>02θ2ln⁡EPe−θ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)\sigma_{f\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}},\qquad \sigma_{b\mathbb P}(\tilde z_{\sigma,j})=\sup_{\theta>0}\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E_{\mathbb P}e^{-\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}}σfP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​eθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​,σbP​(z~σ,j​)=θ>0sup​θ22​lnEP​e−θ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)​

are at most σf,j\sigma_{f,j}σf,j​ and σb,j\sigma_{b,j}σb,j​.

The bounds are the optimal values π1,π2,π3\pi^1,\pi^2,\pi^3π1,π2,π3 of (21), (22) and (24) of the paper. For instance

π1(r0,r)=inf⁡s(sup⁡ζ^∈V^s′ζ^+sup⁡ζ∈Vmax⁡{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),\pi^1(r^0,r)=\inf_{s}\Big(\sup_{\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}}s'\hat\zeta+\sup_{\zeta\in\mathcal V}\max\{r^0+r'\zeta-s'\zeta,-s'\zeta\}\Big),π1(r0,r)=sinf​(ζ^​∈V^sup​s′ζ^​+ζ∈Vsup​max{r0+r′ζ−s′ζ,−s′ζ}),

π2\pi^2π2 is an infimum over yyy with F′y=rF'y=rF′y=r of a supremum over V^\hat{\mathcal V}V^ of a Scarf-type expression, and π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over (s0,s,x0,x)(s^0,s,x^0,x)(s0,s,x0,x) with x0+x′gσ=r0x^0+x'g_\sigma=r^0x0+x′gσ​=r0, Fσ′x=rF_\sigma'x=rFσ′​x=r that involves the function

ψ(x0,x)=inf⁡λ>0λeexp⁡(1λsup⁡z^σ∈W^σ{x0+x′z^σ}+∥u∥222λ2),uj=max⁡{xjσf,j,−xjσb,j}.\psi(x^0,x)=\inf_{\lambda>0}\frac{\lambda}{e}\exp\Big(\frac1\lambda\sup_{\hat z_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma}\{x^0+x'\hat z_\sigma\}+\frac{\|u\|_2^2}{2\lambda^2}\Big),\qquad u_j=\max\{x_j\sigma_{f,j},-x_j\sigma_{b,j}\}.ψ(x0,x)=λ>0inf​eλ​exp(λ1​z^σ​∈W^σ​sup​{x0+x′z^σ​}+2λ2∥u∥22​​),uj​=max{xj​σf,j​,−xj​σb,j​}.

For S⊆{1,2,3}S\subseteq\{1,2,3\}S⊆{1,2,3} the unified bound is the infimal convolution

π(r0,r)=min⁡{∑s∈Sπs(r0,s,rs): r0=∑s∈Sr0,s, r=∑s∈Srs}.(25)\pi(r^0,r)=\min\Big\{\sum_{s\in S}\pi^s(r^{0,s},r^s):\ r^0=\sum_{s\in S}r^{0,s},\ r=\sum_{s\in S}r^s\Big\}.\qquad(25)π(r0,r)=min{s∈S∑​πs(r0,s,rs): r0=s∈S∑​r0,s, r=s∈S∑​rs}.(25)

All values lie in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], with the paper's convention that an infeasible minimization has value +∞+\infty+∞ and an infeasible maximization −∞-\infty−∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 911)

With F=⋂s∈SFs\mathbb F=\bigcap_{s\in S}\mathbb F_sF=⋂s∈S​Fs​,

sup⁡P∈FEP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathbb F}E_{\mathbb P}\big((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+\big)\le\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)\qquad\forall s\in S.\qquad(26)P∈Fsup​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)∀s∈S.(26)

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1, upper-bound part: sup⁡F1EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π1(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_1}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^1(r^0,r)supF1​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π1(r0,r).
  2. Theorem 2, upper-bound part: sup⁡F2EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π2(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_2}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^2(r^0,r)supF2​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π2(r0,r).
  3. Theorem 3: sup⁡F3EP((r0+r′ζ~)+)≤π3(r0,r)\sup_{\mathbb F_3}E_{\mathbb P}((r^0+r'\tilde\zeta)^+)\le\pi^3(r^0,r)supF3​​EP​((r0+r′ζ~​)+)≤π3(r0,r).
  4. The right inequality of (26): π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r)\pi(r^0,r)\le\pi^s(r^0,r)π(r0,r)≤πs(r0,r) for every s∈Ss\in Ss∈S.

The tightness halves of Theorems 1 and 2 are the subject of the two companion missions of this series; Theorem 4 does not use them.

Significance

The unified bound turns heterogeneous partial information into one tractable upper bound. When a modeller knows a support set, a covariance and tail information for some independent factors, π\piπ is valid for the intersected family and is never worse than the best of the separate bounds; it is the bound the paper's deflected and bideflected linear decision rules (§6, (31) onward) use for every recourse term. Theorem 4 is thus the guarantee behind the paper's main approximation scheme, and the same infimal-convolution device applies to any collection of valid bounds on a common convex objective.

The theorems are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To the knowledge of this mission none of them has a machine-checked proof: the Lean library has neither a Scarf-type bound nor a bound on expected positive parts from deviation measures. Formalizing Theorem 3 in particular produces reusable facts about moment generating functions of independent sums under deviation bounds.

Difficulty

The left inequality of (26) looks like bookkeeping, but it rests on three separate bounds, each with its own argument: a weak-duality argument for π1\pi^1π1, a Scarf-type mean–variance inequality for π2\pi^2π2, and an exponential-moment argument for π3\pi^3π3 that needs independence of the components of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​ to factor a moment generating function and the deviation bounds to control each factor. Each piece must be carried out with all values in the extended reals: suprema can be +∞+\infty+∞, families can be empty, and a term equal to −∞-\infty−∞ in a sum can absorb a +∞+\infty+∞. The right inequality depends on how each πs\pi^sπs behaves at the zero objective, which for π3\pi^3π3 is an infimum over λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 that is not attained. The naive idea of proving (26) by attainment of the minimum in (25) does not work: the minimum need not be attained, and the statement must hold for every feasible split.

Formalization scope

A distribution is a Measure on Fin N_E → ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure; ζ~\tilde\zetaζ~​ is the identity map. The mean is the published MomentDRO.Conf.meanVec. F1\mathbb F_1F1​ and F3\mathbb F_3F3​ require integrable coordinates and F2\mathbb F_2F2​ finite second moments, so that means and covariances exist. P(ζ~∈V)=1\mathbb P(\tilde\zeta\in\mathcal V)=1P(ζ~​∈V)=1 is an almost-everywhere statement. In F3\mathbb F_3F3​, independence is iIndepFun of the coordinates of z~σ\tilde z_\sigmaz~σ​; every exponential moment Eeθz~σ,jE e^{\theta\tilde z_{\sigma,j}}Eeθz~σ,j​ is required finite; and the deviation bounds are the published predicates FwdDevLe, BwdDevLe applied to the law of each coordinate, which state 2θ2ln⁡Eeθ(z~σ,j−z^σ,j)≤σf,j2\frac{2}{\theta^2}\ln E e^{\theta(\tilde z_{\sigma,j}-\hat z_{\sigma,j})}\le\sigma_{f,j}^2θ22​lnEeθ(z~σ,j​−z^σ,j​)≤σf,j2​ for all θ>0\theta>0θ>0, equivalent to the square-root form above for σf,j≥0\sigma_{f,j}\ge0σf,j​≥0.

Worst cases and bounds take values in EReal; the printed "min" of (25) and "inf" of (21), (22), (24) are read as infima, without attainment. In ψ\psiψ the supremum over W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is taken outside the increasing exponential, which gives the same value whenever W^σ\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaW^σ​ is nonempty. The index set SSS is a nonempty Finset (Fin 3) with index 0,1,20,1,20,1,2 for the paper's 1,2,31,2,31,2,3, and vector indices are 0-based.

Two hypotheses come from the paper's model rather than its theorem statements: σf,σb≥0\sigma_f,\sigma_b\ge0σf​,σb​≥0 (deviations are square roots), and Fσζ^+gσ∈W^σF_\sigma\hat\zeta+g_\sigma\in\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigmaFσ​ζ^​+gσ​∈W^σ​ for every ζ^∈V^\hat\zeta\in\hat{\mathcal V}ζ^​∈V^, which follows from W^σ=HσW^\hat{\mathcal W}_\sigma=H_\sigma\hat{\mathcal W}W^σ​=Hσ​W^, V^={ζ^:Fζ^+g∈W^}\hat{\mathcal V}=\{\hat\zeta:F\hat\zeta+g\in\hat{\mathcal W}\}V^={ζ^​:Fζ^​+g∈W^}, Fσ=HσFF_\sigma=H_\sigma FFσ​=Hσ​F and gσ=Hσgg_\sigma=H_\sigma ggσ​=Hσ​g (pp. 905, 908, 910).

The bounds are defined by (21), (22), (24) and (25) verbatim; a formalization that defines π\piπ through the worst case itself, sets some πs\pi^sπs to +∞+\infty+∞, drops the exponential integrability from F3\mathbb F_3F3​, or uses real-valued suprema (which return 000 on unbounded sets) would trivialize or falsify the statement and is ruled out.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three upper bounds, a Scarf inequality EX+≤12(EX+(EX)2+Var⁡X)E X^+\le\frac12(EX+\sqrt{(EX)^2+\operatorname{Var}X})EX+≤21​(EX+(EX)2+VarX​) as a reusable lemma, and the EReal lemmas about infimal convolutions of extended-real functions.

Selected references

  • J. Goh, M. Sim, Distributionally Robust Optimization and Its Tractable Approximations, Operations Research 58(4):902–917, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0795
  • X. Chen, M. Sim, P. Sun, A Robust Optimization Perspective on Stochastic Programming, Operations Research 55(6):1058–1071, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0441
  • W. Chen, M. Sim, Goal-Driven Optimization, Operations Research 57(2):342–357, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1080.0570
  • H. Scarf, A Min-Max Solution of an Inventory Problem, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, K. Arrow, ed., Stanford University Press, 1958, 201–209.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Monotone+Skew Splitting Model for Composite Monotone Inclusions in Duality: The Inexact Primal–Dual Forward–Backward–Forward Iterates Converge Weakly to a Primal and a Dual SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in convex optimization, variational inequalities, mechanics, traffic equilibrium and signal processing reduce to finding a zero of a monotone operator on a Hilbert space. Frequently that operator is a sum A+L∗∘B∘LA + L^*\circ B\circ LA+L∗∘B∘L of a monotone operator and a monotone operator composed with a linear map and its adjoint, and one also wants the solution of an associated dual inclusion. The prototype is Fenchel–Rockafellar duality: with A=∂fA=\partial fA=∂f and B=∂gB=\partial gB=∂g, the pair of problems is min⁡xf(x)+g(Lx−r)−⟨x∣z⟩\min_x f(x)+g(Lx-r)-\langle x\mid z\rangleminx​f(x)+g(Lx−r)−⟨x∣z⟩ and min⁡vf∗(z−L∗v)+g∗(v)+⟨v∣r⟩\min_v f^*(z-L^*v)+g^*(v)+\langle v\mid r\rangleminv​f∗(z−L∗v)+g∗(v)+⟨v∣r⟩.

Before this paper, splitting methods for the primal problem needed BBB to be single-valued and smooth (forward–backward, or Tseng's forward–backward–forward method), or needed the resolvent of L∗∘B∘LL^*\circ B\circ LL∗∘B∘L, which has no closed form in terms of BBB and LLL in general. Briceño-Arias and Combettes (arXiv:1011.5517, SIAM J. Optim. 2011) observed that the primal–dual pair is equivalent to a single inclusion on the product space involving a maximally monotone operator plus a bounded skew linear operator. Applying an inexact forward–backward–forward method to that inclusion gives the first algorithm that solves the primal and dual inclusions simultaneously and uses AAA, BBB and LLL separately. Later primal–dual methods, including those of Combettes–Pesquet (2012), Vũ (2013) and Condat (2013), build on this construction.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH and G\mathcal GG be real Hilbert spaces. A set-valued operator M:H→2HM:\mathcal H\to2^{\mathcal H}M:H→2H assigns to each point a subset; its graph is {(x,u)∣u∈Mx}\{(x,u)\mid u\in Mx\}{(x,u)∣u∈Mx}, its inverse M−1M^{-1}M−1 has graph {(u,x)∣u∈Mx}\{(u,x)\mid u\in Mx\}{(u,x)∣u∈Mx}, and zer⁡M={x∣0∈Mx}\operatorname{zer}M=\{x\mid 0\in Mx\}zerM={x∣0∈Mx}. MMM is monotone if ⟨x−y∣u−v⟩≥0\langle x-y\mid u-v\rangle\ge0⟨x−y∣u−v⟩≥0 whenever u∈Mxu\in Mxu∈Mx, v∈Myv\in Myv∈My, and maximally monotone if no monotone operator has a strictly larger graph. For γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 the resolvent JγM=(Id+γM)−1J_{\gamma M}=(\mathrm{Id}+\gamma M)^{-1}JγM​=(Id+γM)−1 is then an everywhere-defined single-valued map.

Problem 1.1. Let A:H→2HA:\mathcal H\to2^{\mathcal H}A:H→2H and B:G→2GB:\mathcal G\to2^{\mathcal G}B:G→2G be maximally monotone, L:H→GL:\mathcal H\to\mathcal GL:H→G bounded linear, z∈Hz\in\mathcal Hz∈H, r∈Gr\in\mathcal Gr∈G. Solve the primal inclusion

z∈Ax+L∗B(Lx−r)(1.2)z\in Ax+L^*B(Lx-r)\qquad(1.2)z∈Ax+L∗B(Lx−r)(1.2)

and the dual inclusion

−r∈−LA−1(z−L∗v)+B−1v.(1.3)-r\in -LA^{-1}(z-L^*v)+B^{-1}v.\qquad(1.3)−r∈−LA−1(z−L∗v)+B−1v.(1.3)

Their solution sets are P\mathcal PP and D\mathcal DD.

Problem 1.2. On the Hilbert direct sum K=H⊕G\mathcal K=\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal GK=H⊕G set

M:(x,v)↦(−z+Ax)×(r+B−1v),S:(x,v)↦(L∗v,−Lx),M:(x,v)\mapsto(-z+Ax)\times(r+B^{-1}v),\qquad S:(x,v)\mapsto(L^*v,-Lx),M:(x,v)↦(−z+Ax)×(r+B−1v),S:(x,v)↦(L∗v,−Lx),

and find a zero of M+SM+SM+S.

The algorithm (3.1) of the paper, for step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and error sequences ai,n,bi,n,ci,na_{i,n},b_{i,n},c_{i,n}ai,n​,bi,n​,ci,n​, reads

y1,n=xn−γn(L∗vn+a1,n),y2,n=vn+γn(Lxn+a2,n),p1,n=JγnA(y1,n+γnz)+b1,n,p2,n=JγnB−1(y2,n−γnr)+b2,n,q1,n=p1,n−γn(L∗p2,n+c1,n),q2,n=p2,n+γn(Lp1,n+c2,n),xn+1=xn−y1,n+q1,n,vn+1=vn−y2,n+q2,n.\begin{aligned}y_{1,n}&=x_n-\gamma_n(L^*v_n+a_{1,n}), & y_{2,n}&=v_n+\gamma_n(Lx_n+a_{2,n}),\\ p_{1,n}&=J_{\gamma_nA}(y_{1,n}+\gamma_nz)+b_{1,n}, & p_{2,n}&=J_{\gamma_nB^{-1}}(y_{2,n}-\gamma_nr)+b_{2,n},\\ q_{1,n}&=p_{1,n}-\gamma_n(L^*p_{2,n}+c_{1,n}), & q_{2,n}&=p_{2,n}+\gamma_n(Lp_{1,n}+c_{2,n}),\\ x_{n+1}&=x_n-y_{1,n}+q_{1,n}, & v_{n+1}&=v_n-y_{2,n}+q_{2,n}.\end{aligned}y1,n​p1,n​q1,n​xn+1​​=xn​−γn​(L∗vn​+a1,n​),=Jγn​A​(y1,n​+γn​z)+b1,n​,=p1,n​−γn​(L∗p2,n​+c1,n​),=xn​−y1,n​+q1,n​,​y2,n​p2,n​q2,n​vn+1​​=vn​+γn​(Lxn​+a2,n​),=Jγn​B−1​(y2,n​−γn​r)+b2,n​,=p2,n​+γn​(Lp1,n​+c2,n​),=vn​−y2,n​+q2,n​.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

Assume L≠0L\neq0L=0, z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), all six error sequences absolutely summable, ε∈ ]0,1/(∥L∥+1)[\varepsilon\in\,]0,1/(\|L\|+1)[ε∈]0,1/(∥L∥+1)[ and γn∈[ε,(1−ε)/∥L∥]\gamma_n\in[\varepsilon,(1-\varepsilon)/\|L\|]γn​∈[ε,(1−ε)/∥L∥]. Then for some xˉ∈P\bar x\in\mathcal Pxˉ∈P and vˉ∈D\bar v\in\mathcal Dvˉ∈D with z−L∗vˉ∈Axˉz-L^*\bar v\in A\bar xz−L∗vˉ∈Axˉ and vˉ∈B(Lxˉ−r)\bar v\in B(L\bar x-r)vˉ∈B(Lxˉ−r):

xn−p1,n→0,vn−p2,n→0,xn, p1,n⇀xˉ,vn, p2,n⇀vˉ,x_n-p_{1,n}\to0,\quad v_n-p_{2,n}\to0,\qquad x_n,\,p_{1,n}\rightharpoonup\bar x,\quad v_n,\,p_{2,n}\rightharpoonup\bar v,xn​−p1,n​→0,vn​−p2,n​→0,xn​,p1,n​⇀xˉ,vn​,p2,n​⇀vˉ,

and the convergence of xn,p1,nx_n,p_{1,n}xn​,p1,n​ (resp. vn,p2,nv_n,p_{2,n}vn​,p2,n​) is strong if AAA is uniformly monotone at xˉ\bar xxˉ (resp. B−1B^{-1}B−1 at vˉ\bar vvˉ).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.1: αn+1≤αn−βn+εn\alpha_{n+1}\le\alpha_n-\beta_n+\varepsilon_nαn+1​≤αn​−βn​+εn​ with nonnegative terms and summable εn\varepsilon_nεn​ implies (αn)(\alpha_n)(αn​) converges and ∑βn<∞\sum\beta_n<\infty∑βn​<∞. Covered by the proved platform theorem GradErrors.Deterministic.lemma_1 (Bertsekas–Tsitsiklis), of which it is the special case Y=α≥0Y=\alpha\ge0Y=α≥0, so that the alternative Yt→−∞Y_t\to-\inftyYt​→−∞ cannot occur.
  2. Lemma 2.2: a quasi-Fejér sequence whose sequential weak cluster points lie in CCC converges weakly to a point of CCC.
  3. Theorem 2.5(i)–(ii): for AAA maximally monotone and BBB monotone and β\betaβ-Lipschitz with zer⁡(A+B)≠∅\operatorname{zer}(A+B)\ne\varnothingzer(A+B)=∅, the inexact forward–backward–forward iteration has ∑∥xn−pn∥2<∞\sum\|x_n-p_n\|^2<\infty∑∥xn​−pn​∥2<∞, ∑∥yn−qn∥2<∞\sum\|y_n-q_n\|^2<\infty∑∥yn​−qn​∥2<∞, and xn,pn⇀xˉ∈zer⁡(A+B)x_n,p_n\rightharpoonup\bar x\in\operatorname{zer}(A+B)xn​,pn​⇀xˉ∈zer(A+B).
  4. Proposition 2.7(i)–(iv): MMM and M+SM+SM+S are maximally monotone; SSS is bounded linear with S∗=−SS^*=-SS∗=−S and ∥S∥=∥L∥\|S\|=\|L\|∥S∥=∥L∥; JγM(x,v)=(JγA(x+γz),JγB−1(v−γr))J_{\gamma M}(x,v)=(J_{\gamma A}(x+\gamma z),J_{\gamma B^{-1}}(v-\gamma r))JγM​(x,v)=(JγA​(x+γz),JγB−1​(v−γr)).
  5. Proposition 2.8: zer⁡(M+S)\operatorname{zer}(M+S)zer(M+S) is a closed convex subset of P×D\mathcal P\times\mathcal DP×D, and z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), P≠∅\mathcal P\ne\varnothingP=∅, zer⁡(M+S)≠∅\operatorname{zer}(M+S)\ne\varnothingzer(M+S)=∅, D≠∅\mathcal D\ne\varnothingD=∅ and −r∈ran⁡(−L∘A−1∘(z−L∗⋅)+B−1)-r\in\operatorname{ran}(-L\circ A^{-1}\circ(z-L^*\cdot)+B^{-1})−r∈ran(−L∘A−1∘(z−L∗⋅)+B−1) are equivalent.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives a method that handles two arbitrary maximally monotone operators coupled by an arbitrary bounded linear map, with only resolvent evaluations of AAA and B−1B^{-1}B−1 (computed in parallel) and forward applications of LLL and L∗L^*L∗. It tolerates summable errors in every step and variable step sizes, and it produces a primal and a dual solution simultaneously, assuming only that the primal problem is solvable. The paper derives from it, as instances, methods for sums of composite operators (Theorem 3.8) and for Fenchel–Rockafellar-type composite minimization (Section 4).

The theorem is proved in the literature. This mission formalizes it, which in turn requires a machine-checked inexact forward–backward–forward theorem (Theorem 2.5) and the structural facts about the monotone+skew reformulation (Propositions 2.7, 2.8). These intermediate results are reusable for the descendants of this algorithm. No machine-checked proof of Theorem 3.1, of Theorem 2.5, or of the quasi-Fejér Lemma 2.2 is known to the mission's authors. On Prove2Me, CondatPD.FB.lemma_4_4 (inexact forward–backward with a cocoercive operator) and CondatPD.FB.theorem_3_1 (Condat's primal–dual method) concern related algorithms; CondatPD.PPA.A_maximal_monotone is an open subdifferential special case of Proposition 2.7(iii).

Difficulty

The obvious route, applying a known splitting method directly to A1+A2A_1+A_2A1​+A2​ with A2=L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)A_2=L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r)A2​=L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r), fails: A2A_2A2​ need not be maximally monotone, and its resolvent cannot be computed from that of BBB. The reformulation on K\mathcal KK avoids this, but at a cost. M+SM+SM+S is not a subdifferential, SSS is not cocoercive (it is skew, so ⟨Sx∣x⟩=0\langle Sx\mid x\rangle=0⟨Sx∣x⟩=0), and forward–backward theory does not apply; one needs the forward–backward–forward method with Lipschitz, merely monotone SSS. Proving that method's convergence with errors requires quasi-Fejér analysis in a possibly infinite-dimensional space, where bounded sequences only have weakly convergent subsequences and the limit must be identified through the maximal monotonicity of M+SM+SM+S, whose graph is sequentially closed in the weak–strong topology. The strong convergence clauses (iii)–(iv) need a further estimate, since uniform monotonicity of AAA at xˉ\bar xxˉ does not by itself control the coupled iterate.

Formalization scope

  • Hilbert spaces are [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℝ E] [CompleteSpace E]; set-valued operators are maps E → Set E. Monotonicity, maximal monotonicity (no proper monotone extension of the graph), zer, the resolvent predicate IsResolvent, weak convergence WeakTendsto (⟨un,y⟩→⟨u,y⟩\langle u_n,y\rangle\to\langle u,y\rangle⟨un​,y⟩→⟨u,y⟩ for all yyy), opInv and opAdd are imported from published platform definitions.
  • K=H⊕G\mathcal K=\mathcal H\oplus\mathcal GK=H⊕G is WithLp 2 (H × G), whose inner product is ⟨x∣x′⟩+⟨v∣v′⟩\langle x\mid x'\rangle+\langle v\mid v'\rangle⟨x∣x′⟩+⟨v∣v′⟩; the plain product would carry the sup norm.
  • Resolvents are given maps with the resolvent property, one per iteration since γn\gamma_nγn​ varies: JA n satisfies γn−1(w−JnAw)∈A(JnAw)\gamma_n^{-1}(w-J^A_nw)\in A(J^A_nw)γn−1​(w−JnA​w)∈A(JnA​w) for all www, and likewise for B−1B^{-1}B−1. For maximally monotone operators and γn>0\gamma_n>0γn​>0 such maps exist (Minty's theorem) and are unique, so quantifying over them is the paper's statement. Proposition 2.7(iv) is stated as "the product map is a resolvent of γM\gamma MγM", which is the equality by uniqueness.
  • "Absolutely summable" is Summable (fun n => ‖a n‖); indices start at 000; ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥ is the operator norm and L≠0L\ne0L=0 is kept, so the step-size window is nonempty.
  • "S∈B(K)S\in\mathcal B(\mathcal K)S∈B(K)" is the existence of a continuous linear operator equal to SSS pointwise, whose adjoint is its negative and whose norm is ∥L∥\|L\|∥L∥.
  • "Uniformly monotone at xxx" (Lemma 2.4(i)) uses a nondecreasing ϕ:[0,∞[→[0,+∞]\phi:[0,\infty[\to[0,+\infty]ϕ:[0,∞[→[0,+∞] vanishing only at 000, compared in EReal, against every point of the graph. It is neither strong monotonicity nor uniform monotonicity on a set.
  • Lemma 2.1 is not restated: the mission references the proved platform theorem GradErrors.Deterministic.lemma_1, of which it is a special case.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The resolvents are constrained by their defining property (an unconstrained map would make the goal false), the existence hypothesis is the paper's only one (z∈ran⁡(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r))z\in\operatorname{ran}(A+L^*\circ B\circ(L\cdot-r))z∈ran(A+L∗∘B∘(L⋅−r)), not a dual solution or a zero of M+SM+SM+S), and the hypotheses are satisfiable (H=G=R\mathcal H=\mathcal G=\mathbb RH=G=R, A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0, L=IdL=\mathrm{Id}L=Id is a checked instance).

The mission needs Minty-type facts (existence of resolvents), demiclosedness of maximally monotone graphs, sums of a maximally monotone and a Lipschitz monotone operator, and quasi-Fejér/Opial arguments in Hilbert space. None of these is in Mathlib in this form, and all are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward any of the milestones, or toward this general infrastructure, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. M. Briceño-Arias, P. L. Combettes, A monotone+skew splitting model for composite monotone inclusions in duality, arXiv:1011.5517v1 (2010); SIAM J. Optim. 21 (2011) 1230–1250. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.5517v1 , https://doi.org/10.1137/10081602X
  • P. Tseng, A modified forward-backward splitting method for maximal monotone mappings, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38 (2000) 431–446. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012998338806
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-9467-7
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Gradient convergence in gradient methods with errors, SIAM J. Optim. 10 (2000) 627–642. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497331063
  • P. L. Combettes, J.-C. Pesquet, Primal-dual splitting algorithm for solving inclusions with mixtures of composite, Lipschitzian, and parallel-sum type monotone operators, Set-Valued Var. Anal. 20 (2012) 307–330. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-011-0191-y
  • B. C. Vũ, A splitting algorithm for dual monotone inclusions involving cocoercive operators, Adv. Comput. Math. 38 (2013) 667–681. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-011-9254-8
  • L. Condat, A primal–dual splitting method for convex optimization involving Lipschitzian, proximable and linear composite terms, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 158 (2013) 460–479. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-012-0245-9
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 29 of 68Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me